WO2014015318A1 - Soluble compounds for improved gene therapy methods - Google Patents
Soluble compounds for improved gene therapy methods Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2014015318A1 WO2014015318A1 PCT/US2013/051397 US2013051397W WO2014015318A1 WO 2014015318 A1 WO2014015318 A1 WO 2014015318A1 US 2013051397 W US2013051397 W US 2013051397W WO 2014015318 A1 WO2014015318 A1 WO 2014015318A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- cells
- cell
- ppar
- population
- stem
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/63—Introduction of foreign genetic material using vectors; Vectors; Use of hosts therefor; Regulation of expression
- C12N15/79—Vectors or expression systems specially adapted for eukaryotic hosts
- C12N15/85—Vectors or expression systems specially adapted for eukaryotic hosts for animal cells
- C12N15/86—Viral vectors
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K48/00—Medicinal preparations containing genetic material which is inserted into cells of the living body to treat genetic diseases; Gene therapy
- A61K48/0083—Medicinal preparations containing genetic material which is inserted into cells of the living body to treat genetic diseases; Gene therapy characterised by an aspect of the administration regime
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- C07K14/705—Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
- C07K14/70567—Nuclear receptors, e.g. retinoic acid receptor [RAR], RXR, nuclear orphan receptors
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2740/00—Reverse transcribing RNA viruses
- C12N2740/00011—Details
- C12N2740/10011—Retroviridae
- C12N2740/16011—Human Immunodeficiency Virus, HIV
- C12N2740/16041—Use of virus, viral particle or viral elements as a vector
Definitions
- the present invention generally relates to improving the efficacy of methods of gene therapy, and for the viral transduction of cells. More particularly, the present invention provides methods and materials useful for improving methods for culturing and expanding cells, such as human hematopoietic stem cells (HSC), and for improving the efficiency of methods of gene delivery, such as transducing cells with viruses and/or viral vectors that may be useful for therapeutic indications.
- HSC human hematopoietic stem cells
- Neurologix, Inc. announced positive results in a Phase 2 trial of its investigational gene therapy for advanced Parkinson's disease (PD), NLX-P101.
- Study participants who received NLX-P101 experienced statistically significant and clinically meaningful improvements in off-medication motor scores compared to control subjects who received sham surgery. In the trial, this benefit was seen at one month and continued virtually unchanged throughout the six month blinded study period.
- the results also demonstrated a positive safety profile for NLX-P101, with no reported serious adverse events related to the gene therapy or surgical procedure. Patients enrolled in the trial had moderate to advanced PD and were not adequately responsive to current therapies.
- hematopoietic stem cell-mediated gene therapy to successfully treat X-linked adrenoleukodystrophy (ALD).
- ALD X-linked adrenoleukodystrophy
- hematopoietic stem cell therapy e.g., sickle cell disease, ⁇ -thalassemia, adrenoleukodystrophy, and adrenomyeloneuropathy
- limitations include, but are not limited to, inefficient transduction of hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells, the requirement for toxic myelosuppressive or myeloablative therapy, and a lack of optimal methods for in vivo selection of transduced cells.
- the present invention generally provides methods and compositions for improving gene therapy.
- the invention features methods and compositions comprising a compound that increases peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) nuclear receptor signaling, for improving several aspects of gene therapy.
- PPAR peroxisome proliferator activated receptor
- the methods and compositions of the present invention are useful for the enhancement of self-renewal of a stem cell or progenitor; enhancement of
- compositions and methods further provide safer and more reliable methods for transducing cells, such as human hematopoietic stem cells (HSC), and other types of cell populations, including quiescent cell populations, or cells in the GO, Gla and/or Gib phase with viruses and/or viral vectors.
- HSC human hematopoietic stem cells
- the compositions and methods are useful for therapeutic indications amenable to treatment with cell and gene therapies, such as hematopoietic stem cell gene therapies.
- PPAR peroxisome proliferator activated receptor
- HSP70 heat shock protein 70
- HSP70 heat shock protein 70
- the present invention provides methods and compositions for increasing cell transduction efficiency comprising contacting a population of cells with a compound that modulates peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) signaling and a vector.
- the population of cells comprises cultured cells; and the population of cells may comprise cells derived from the patient to be treated, e.g., autotransplantation, and/or cells derived from a donor, optionally a donoe other than the patient, e.g., allotransplantation.
- the donor may be closely related to the patient, and/or may be genotype-matched with the patient.
- the methods include administration of the treated cells to the patient.
- the present invention provides methods and compositions for increasing cell transduction efficiency comprising contacting a population of cells with a gene delivery vector comprising a gene of interest and a compound that increases peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) signaling, for a time sufficient to increase cell transduction.
- the population of cells comprises cultured cells; and the population of cells may comprise cells derived from the patient to be treated, e.g., autotransplantation, and/or cells derived from a donor, optionally a donoe other than the patient, e.g., allotransplantation.
- the donor may be closely related to the patient, and/or may be genotype-matched with the patient.
- the methods include administration of the treated cells to the patient.
- the gene delivery vector is a virus.
- the virus is selected from the group consisting of retrovirus, lentivirus, adenovirus and adeno-associated virus.
- vector may be a replication defective retrovirus.
- the population of cells comprises stem cells or progenitor cells.
- the population of cells comprises cells selected from the group consisting of: mesenchymal stem cells, hematopoietic stem cells, neuronal stem cells, retinal stem cells, cardiac muscle stem cells, skeletal muscle stem cells, adipose tissue derived stem cells, chondrogenic stem cells, liver stem cells, kidney stem cells, pancreatic stem cells, embryonic stem cells, induced pluripotent stem cells, fate-converted stem or progenitor cells.
- the population of cells comprises hematopoietic stem cells or hematopoietic progenitor cells.
- the population of cells may comprise quiescent cells.
- the cell population comprises cells selected from the group consisting of osteoblasts, chondrocytes, adipocytes, skeletal muscle, cardiac muscle, neurons, astrocytes, oligodendrocytes, Schwann cells, retinal cells, corneal cells, skin cells, monocytes, macrophages, neutrophils, basophils, eosinophils, erythrocytes, megakaryocytes, dendritic cells, T-lymphocytes, B- lymphocytes, NK-cells, gastric cells, intestinal cells, smooth muscle cells, vascular cells, bladder cells, pancreatic alpha cells, pancreatic beta cells, pancreatic delta cells, hepatocytes, renal cells, adrenal cells, and lung cells.
- the compound that increases PPAR signaling comprises one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of: PPAR-a agonists, PPAR- ⁇ agonists and PPAR- ⁇ agonists. In certain embodiments, the compound that increases PPAR signaling may comprise one or more PPAR-a agonists.
- the PPAR-a agonists may include compounds selected from the group consisting of [[4-chloro-6-[(2,3- dimethylphenyl)amino]-2-pyrimidinyl]thio]-acetic acid (WY- 14643); 8(S)hydroxyelcosa-tetraenoic acid (HETE); leukotriene B4 (LTB4); tetradecylthioacetic acid; fenofibrate; bezafibrate; clofibrate; ciprofibrate; 2- [[4- [2-[[[[(2,4-difluorophenyl) amino] carbonyl] heptylamino]ethyl]phenyl]thio]-2- methyl-propanoic acid (GW9578); 2-methyl-2-[[4-[2- [[(cyclohexylamino)carbonyl](4-cyclohexylbutyl)amino]ethy
- the compound that increases PPAR signaling may comprise one or more PPAR- ⁇ agonists.
- the PPAR- ⁇ agonists may include compounds selected from the group consisting of 15d-prostaglandin J2,
- the PPAR- ⁇ agonists may comprise one or more thiazolidinedione selected from the group consisting of pioglitazone, rosiglitazone, troglitazone, and analogs and
- the compound that increases PPAR signaling may comprise one or more PPAR- ⁇ agonists.
- the PPAR- ⁇ agonists may include compounds selected from the group consisting of GW501516; GW0742;
- prostaglandin A2; L- 16504; and L-631033 and analogs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- the methods and materials of the present invention comprise contacting the population of cells with the compound that increases PPAR signaling yields, wherein contacting the population of cells with the compound that increases PPAR signaling yields an accelerated therapeutic benefit in a patient.
- contacting the population of cells with the compound that increases PPAR signaling increases PPAR signaling increases self-renewal of a stem cell or progenitor cell population.
- contacting the cell population with the compound that modulates PPAR signaling increases engraftment of a stem cell or progenitor cell population.
- the population of cells may be contacted with the compound that increases PPAR signaling prior to transduction.
- the population of cells may be contacted with the compound that increases PPAR signaling during transduction. In yet other embodiments, the population of cells may be contacted with the compound that increases PPAR signaling yields prior to and during transduction.
- the present invention provides methods and compositions comprising vectors useful in gene therapy.
- the vector comprises: a left (5') retroviral LTR; an expression control sequence operably linked to a gene of interest; and a right (3') retroviral LTR.
- the vector comprises: a left (5') HIV-1 LTR; a Psi packaging sequence ( ⁇ +); an HIV-1 central polypurine tract/DNA flap (cPPT/FLAP); a rev response element (RRE); a ⁇ -globin promoter and a ⁇ -globin locus control region (LCR) operably linked to a gene of interest; and a right (3') retroviral LTR that comprises: i) one or more insulator elements, or ii) a rabbit ⁇ -globin polyA sequence (rPgpA).
- the present invention provides methods and
- compositions comprising vectors comprising: a left (5') retroviral LTR; a Psi packaging sequence ( ⁇ +); an expression control sequence operably linked to a gene of interest; and a right (3') retroviral LTR.
- the contacted population of cells comprises hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells and is administered to a patient suffering from a hemoglobinopathy.
- the hemoglobinopathy is ⁇ -thalassemia or sickle cell disease.
- the invention provides methods and compositions comprising vectors useful in gene therapy.
- the vector comprises: a left (5') HIV-1 LTR; a Psi ( ⁇ ) packaging signal; a cPPT/FLAP; an RRE; a MND promoter, operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding a human ABCD1 polypeptide; a right (3') HIV-1 LTR; and a rabbit ⁇ -globin polyadenylation sequence.
- the contacted population of cells comprises hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells and is administered to a patient suffering from an adrenoleukodystrophy or an adrenomyeloneuropathy.
- the methods and compositions of the present invention relate to promoting engraftment of hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) in a human subject.
- HSCs hematopoietic stem cells
- such methods may comprise contacting a population of human HSCs ex vivo with a compound that increases peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) signaling; wherein the HSCs may be obtained from peripheral blood, cord blood, bone marrow, amniotic fluid, placental blood, or banked blood.
- PPAR peroxisome proliferator activated receptor
- such methods may also comprise contacting a population of human HSCs ex vivo with a compound under conditions wherein that compound undergoes at least partial metabolic or chemical change to form a compound or compounds that modulate PPAR signaling; wherein the HSCs may be obtained, for example, from peripheral blood, cord blood, bone marrow, amniotic fluid, placental blood, or banked blood.
- the compound that increases PPAR signaling is a PPAR agonist.
- the metabolic breakdown compound is selected from the group consisting of PGA2, 16,16-dimethyl PGA2, or 15d-PGJ2.
- the metabolic precursor compound is selected from the group consisting of PGE2, 16,16-dimethyl PGE2, or PGD2.
- the method comprises administering the contacted HSCs to a human subject.
- the compound that activates PPAR signaling may enhance cell therapies and gene therapies using such stem cells or progenitor cells by increasing or accelerating self-renewal; by increasing or accelerating engraftment.
- gene therapies including cell therapy using cells that have been transduced exogenously with a gene delivery vehicle
- the compound that activates PPAR signaling may enhance gene therapies by increasing transduction efficiency.
- the methods and compositions of the present invention relate to autotrans-plantation of cells, that is, the cell population is obtained from a patient, treated, and the treated cell population is then administered to the same patient; i.e., the donor is the patient.
- the methods of the present invention relate to allotransplantation of cells, that is, the cell population is obtained from a donor, treated, and the treated cell population is administered to a patient other than the donor. Steps may be taken in order to minimize rejection of transplants, such as use of a related donor, as well as HLA cross-matching, tissue typing, and T-cell depletion of the graft; pretransplantation induction chemotherapy; and/or posttransplantation administration of immunosuppressive agents.
- the present invention comprises methods and compositions for promoting engraftment of hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) in a human subject.
- HSCs hematopoietic stem cells
- a population of human HSCs is contacted ex vivo with at least one compound that increases peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) signaling.
- PPAR peroxisome proliferator activated receptor
- the present invention comprises methods of promoting engraftment of hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) in a human subject.
- a population of human HSCs is contacted ex vivo with one or more metabolic precursors to compounds that increases peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) signaling, under conditions wherein said one or more metabolic precursors undergo at least partial metabolic or chemical change to form one or more compounds that modulate the PPAR signaling pathway.
- at least one metabolic precursor compound is selected from the group consisting of PGE2, 16,16-dimethyl PGE2 or PGD2.
- at least one of the metabolic precursors forms a metabolic breakdown compound selected from the group consisting of PGA2, 16,16-dimethyl PGA2 and 15d-PGJ2.
- the population of human HSCs may be obtained from any acceptable source.
- peripheral blood for example, peripheral blood, cord blood, bone marrow, amniotic fluid, placental blood, or banked blood.
- Figure 1 shows the effects on transduction efficiency of compounds that modulate peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) nuclear receptor signaling.
- Figure 1-1 Effect of PPAR- ⁇ Agonists: Figure 1-la, culture of cells and virus with no supplement; Figure 1-lb, culture of cells and virus with 100 uM
- Figure 1-2 Effect of High Doses of PPAR-a Agonists: Figure l-2a, culture of cells and virus with no supplement; Figure l-2b, culture of cells and virus with 10 uM LTB4; Figure l-2c, culture of cells and virus with 10 uM 8(S) HETE; and Figure l-2d, culture of cells and virus with 10 uM WY- 14643.
- Figure 1-3 Effects of Varied Doses of PGA2 (a PPAR- ⁇ Agonist): Figure l-3a: culture of cells and virus with no supplement; Figure l-3b: culture of cells and virus with 1 uM PGA2; Figure l-3c: culture of cells and virus with 10 uM PGA2; Figure l-3d: culture of cells and virus with 100 uM PGA2.
- Figure 1-4 Effects of 15d-PGJ2 (a PPAR- ⁇ Agonist):
- Figure l-4a culture of cells and virus with no supplement;
- Figure l-4b culture of cells and virus with 10 uM PGJ2.
- Figure 1-5 - Varied Doses of cAMP (an indirect agonist of PPAR- a): Figure l-5a: culture of cells and virus with no supplement; Figure l-5b: culture of cells and virus with 100 uM db cAMP.
- SEQ ID NO: 1 sets forth a polynucleotide sequence of a human alpha globin cDNA.
- SEQ ID NO: 2 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a human alpha globin polypeptide.
- SEQ ID NO: 3 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a mouse alpha globin polypeptide.
- SEQ ID NO: 4 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a rat alpha globin polypeptide.
- SEQ ID NO: 5 sets forth a polynucleotide sequence of a human beta globin cDNA.
- SEQ ID NO: 6 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a human beta globin polypeptide.
- SEQ ID NO: 7 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a mutant human beta globin polypeptide.
- SEQ ID NO: 8 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a mouse beta globin polypeptide.
- SEQ ID NO: 9 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a rat beta globin polypeptide.
- SEQ ID NO: 10 sets forth a polynucleotide sequence of a human gamma globin cDNA.
- SEQ ID NO: 11 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a human gamma globin polypeptide.
- SEQ ID NO: 12 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a mouse gamma globin polypeptide.
- SEQ ID NO: 13 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a rat gamma globin polypeptide.
- SEQ ID NO: 14 sets forth a polynucleotide sequence of a human delta globin cDNA.
- SEQ ID NO: 15 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a human delta globin polypeptide.
- SEQ ID NO: 16 sets forth a cDNA sequence encoding an ACBD1 polynucleotide.
- SEQ ID NO: 17 sets forth a cDNA sequence encoding an ACBD1 polynucleotide.
- SEQ ID NO: 18 sets forth an amino acid sequence of an ACBD1 polypeptide.
- Gene therapy involves introducing a corrected gene of interest into a target cell population.
- Previous generations of viral vectors such as retroviral and early lentiviral vectors, have preferentially transduced cells in the S/G2/M phase of the cell cycle. It remains a challenge to transduce quiescent cell populations, such as hematopoietic stem cells, which largely reside in the GO phase of the cell cycle, or cells in the GO, Gla and/or Gib phase.
- quiescent cell populations such as hematopoietic stem cells
- the present inventors identified numerous compounds that are published as soluble factors to promote HSC self- renewal and division. However, only one of the self-renewal factors was able to promote improved vector transduction efficiency, over a range of compound concentrations and during two time windows.
- the present inventors further identified that time windows that promote cell division and self-renewal of HSCs does not lead to improvements in viral
- dmPGE2 is unable to promote viral transduction of HSCs, despite promoting dramatic improvements in hematopoietic stem cell activity.
- the present inventors have found that dmPGE2 is unable to improve viral transduction during time windows commonly used for promoting hematopoietic stem cell activity, e.g., on the order of one to two hours.
- the present inventors have additionally determined that lentiviral vectors are able to transduce a quiescent HSC-containing population (CD34+ CD38- mobilized peripheral blood) at equivalent efficiency as bulk CD34+ cells, both in the absence or presence of compounds meant to promote further viral transduction. Consequently, the assumption that a compound that promotes HSC self-renewal will also promote transduction of HSCs is not borne out. Such properties of a compound are insufficient to predict whether the compound will have efficacy in promoting transduction of HSCs, for example, with the lentiviral vectors as described and exemplified in the present specification.
- the present invention generally relates to improved cell and gene therapy compositions and methods of using the same to treat, prevent, or ameliorate genetic disorders.
- One significant challenge for gene therapy is to increase the transduction efficiency of cell comprising the therapeutic gene that will be delivered to a subject, where the corrected cells do not have an intrinsic selective advantage over non-transduced cells.
- the present invention is based, in part, on the unexpected discovery that the novel cellular transduction methods of the invention can be used to expand or increase the numbers of therapeutic cells, i.e., corrected cells, in vitro, ex vivo, or in vivo to further increase the efficacy of gene therapy.
- the present invention contemplates, in part, that by increasing the transduction efficiency of cells, more corrected cells are generated per transduction and thus, gene therapy methods of the present invention require administration of fewer numbers of cells to provide therapeutic, preventive, or ameliorative endpoints for the subjects receiving the gene therapy. Moreover, because a higher number of transduced cells are delivered to the patient, myelosuppressive or myeloablative therapy is not necessarily required to achieve therapeutic, preventive, or ameliorative endpoints.
- the present invention further provides novel methods for improved homing and/or engraftment of stem cells and/or progenitor cells, such that transplantation of a cell population will result in a greater therapeutic benefit, even in the absence of a corrective gene; i.e., cell therapy with or without associated gene therapy with a corrective gene.
- the present invention addresses an unmet clinical need for improving the efficiency of gene therapy in the treatment of genetic diseases, whereby a greater number of therapeutic cells within a transduced cell population can be administered to a subject to provide a therapeutic, preventive, or ameliorative effect.
- the invention specifically relates to surprisingly efficient cellular transduction methods, vectors, and genetically engineered cells to facilitate the desired clinical outcomes for gene therapy.
- retrovirus refers an RNA virus that reverse transcribes its genomic RNA into a linear double-stranded DNA copy and
- Retroviruses are a common tool for gene delivery (Miller, 2000, Nature. 357: 455- 460). Once the virus is integrated into the host genome, it is referred to as a
- provirus serves as a template for RNA polymerase II and directs the expression of RNA molecules which encode the structural proteins and enzymes needed to produce new viral particles.
- Illustrative retroviruses include, but are not limited to: Moloney murine leukemia virus (M-MuLV), Moloney murine sarcoma virus (MoMSV), Harvey murine sarcoma virus (HaMuSV), murine mammary tumor virus (MuMTV), gibbon ape leukemia virus (GaLV), feline leukemia virus (FLV), spumavirus, Friend murine leukemia virus, Murine Stem Cell Virus (MSCV) and Rous Sarcoma Virus (RSV)) and lenti virus.
- M-MuLV Moloney murine leukemia virus
- MoMSV Moloney murine sarcoma virus
- HaMuSV Harvey murine sarcoma virus
- MuMTV murine mammary tumor virus
- GaLV gibbon ape leukemia virus
- FLV feline leukemia virus
- RSV Rous Sarcoma Virus
- lentivirus refers to a group (or genus) of complex retroviruses that are also useful as a gene delivery vehicle or vector.
- Illustrative lentiviruses include, but are not limited to: HIV (human immunodeficiency virus; including HIV type 1, and HIV type 2); visna-maedi virus (VMV) virus; the caprine arthritis-encephalitis virus (CAEV); equine infectious anemia virus (EIAV); feline immunodeficiency virus (FIV); bovine immune deficiency virus (BIV); and simian immunodeficiency virus (SIV).
- HIV based vector backbones i.e., HIV cis-acting sequence elements
- HIV cis-acting sequence elements are preferred.
- Retroviral vectors and more particularly lentiviral vectors may be used in practicing the present invention. Accordingly, the term “retrovirus” or “retroviral vector”, as used herein is meant to include “lentivirus” and “lentiviral vectors” respectively.
- vector is used herein to refer to a nucleic acid molecule capable transferring or transporting another nucleic acid molecule.
- the transferred nucleic acid is generally linked to, e.g., inserted into, the vector nucleic acid molecule.
- a vector may include sequences that direct autonomous replication in a cell, or may include sequences sufficient to allow integration into host cell DNA.
- Useful vectors include, for example, plasmids (e.g., DNA plasmids or RNA plasmids), transposons, cosmids, bacterial artificial chromosomes, and viral vectors.
- Useful viral vectors include, e.g., replication defective retroviruses and lentiviruses.
- a vector is a gene delivery vector.
- a vector is used as a gene delivery vehicle to transfer a gene into a cell.
- viral vector is widely used to refer either to a nucleic acid molecule (e.g., a transfer plasmid) that includes virus-derived nucleic acid elements that typically facilitate transfer of the nucleic acid molecule or integration into the genome of a cell or to a viral particle that mediates nucleic acid transfer.
- Viral particles will typically include various viral components and sometimes also host cell components in addition to nucleic acid(s).
- viral vector may refer either to a virus or viral particle capable of transferring a nucleic acid into a cell or to the transferred nucleic acid itself.
- Viral vectors and transfer plasmids contain structural and/or functional genetic elements that are primarily derived from a virus.
- the term "retroviral vector” refers to a viral vector or plasmid containing structural and functional genetic elements, or portions thereof, that are primarily derived from a retrovirus.
- lentiviral vector refers to a viral vector or plasmid containing structural and functional genetic elements, or portions thereof, including LTRs that are primarily derived from a lentivirus.
- hybrid refers to a vector, LTR or other nucleic acid containing both retroviral, e.g., lentiviral, sequences and non-lentiviral viral sequences.
- a hybrid vector refers to a vector or transfer plasmid comprising retroviral e.g., lentiviral, sequences for reverse transcription, replication, integration and/or packaging.
- lentiviral vector may be used to refer to lentiviral transfer plasmids and/or infectious lentiviral particles.
- elements such as cloning sites, promoters, regulatory elements, heterologous nucleic acids, etc., it is to be understood that the sequences of these elements are present in R A form in the lentiviral particles of the invention and are present in DNA form in the DNA plasmids of the invention.
- LTRs Long terminal repeats
- LTRs generally provide functions fundamental to the expression of retroviral genes ⁇ e.g., promotion, initiation and polyadenylation of gene transcripts) and to viral replication.
- the LTR contains numerous regulatory signals including transcriptional control elements,
- the viral LTR is divided into three regions called U3, R and U5.
- the U3 region contains the enhancer and promoter elements.
- the U5 region is the sequence between the primer binding site and the R region and contains the polyadenylation sequence.
- the R (repeat) region is flanked by the U3 and U5 regions.
- the LTR composed of U3, R and U5 regions and appears at both the 5' and 3' ends of the viral genome. Adjacent to the 5' LTR are sequences necessary for reverse transcription of the genome (the tRNA primer binding site) and for efficient packaging of viral RNA into particles (the Psi site).
- the term "packaging signal” or "packaging sequence” refers to sequences located within the retroviral genome which are required for insertion of the viral RNA into the viral capsid or particle, see e.g., Clever et ah, 1995. J. of Virology, Vol. 69, No. 4; pp. 2101-2109.
- Several retroviral vectors use the minimal packaging signal (also referred to as the psi [ ⁇ ] or [ ⁇ + ] sequence) needed for encapsidation of the viral genome.
- the terms "packaging sequence,” “packaging signal,” “psi” and the symbol “ ⁇ ,” are used in reference to the non-coding sequence required for encapsidation of retroviral RNA strands during viral particle formation.
- vectors comprise modified 5' LTR and/or 3' LTRs.
- Modifications of the 3' LTR are often made to improve the safety of lentiviral or retroviral systems by rendering viruses replication-defective.
- replication-defective refers to virus that is not capable of complete, effective replication such that infective virions are not produced (e.g., replication-defective lentiviral progeny).
- replication-competent refers to wild-type virus or mutant virus that is capable of replication, such that viral replication of the virus is capable of producing infective virions (e.g., replication-competent lentiviral progeny).
- “Self-inactivating" (SIN) vectors refers to replication-defective vectors, e.g., retroviral or lentiviral vectors, in which the right (3') LTR enhancer-promoter region, known as the U3 region, has been modified (e.g., by deletion and/or substitution) to prevent viral transcription beyond the first round of viral replication. This is because the right (3') LTR U3 region is used as a template for the left (5') LTR U3 region during viral replication and, thus, the viral transcript cannot be made without the U3 enhancer-promoter.
- the 3' LTR is modified such that the U5 region is replaced, for example, with a heterologous or synthetic poly(A) sequence, one or more insulator elements, and/or an inducible promoter. It should be noted that modifications to the LTRs such as modifications to the 3' LTR, the 5' LTR, or both 3' and 5' LTRs, are also included in the invention.
- heterologous promoters which can be used include, for example, viral simian virus 40 (SV40) (e.g., early or late), cytomegalovirus (CMV) (e.g., immediate early), Moloney murine leukemia virus (MoMLV), Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), and herpes simplex virus (HSV) (thymidine kinase) promoters.
- SV40 viral simian virus 40
- CMV cytomegalovirus
- MoMLV Moloney murine leukemia virus
- RSV Rous sarcoma virus
- HSV herpes simplex virus
- Typical promoters are able to drive high levels of transcription in a Tat-independent manner.
- the heterologous promoter may be inducible, such that transcription of all or part of the viral genome will occur only when one or more induction factors are present.
- Induction factors include, but are not limited to, one or more chemical compounds or physiological conditions, e.g., temperature or pH, in which the host cells are cultured.
- viral vectors comprise a TAR element.
- TAR refers to the "trans-activation response" genetic element located in the R region of lentiviral ⁇ e.g., HIV) LTRs. This element interacts with the lentiviral trans-activator (tat) genetic element to enhance viral replication.
- tat lentiviral trans-activator
- the "R region” refers to the region within retroviral LTRs beginning at the start of the capping group ⁇ i.e., the start of transcription) and ending immediately prior to the start of the poly A tract.
- the R region is also defined as being flanked by the U3 and U5 regions. The R region plays a role during reverse transcription in permitting the transfer of nascent DNA from one end of the genome to the other.
- FLAP element refers to a nucleic acid whose sequence includes the central polypurine tract and central termination sequences (cPPT and CTS) of a retrovirus, e.g., HIV-1 or HIV-2. Suitable FLAP elements are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,682,907 and in Zennou, et al, 2000, Cell, 101 : 173.
- the DNA flap may act as a cis-active determinant of lentiviral genome nuclear import and/or may increase the titer of the virus.
- the retroviral or lentiviral vector backbones comprise one or more FLAP elements upstream or downstream of the heterologous genes of interest in the vectors.
- a transfer plasmid includes a FLAP element.
- a vector of the invention comprises a FLAP element isolated from HIV-1.
- retroviral or lentiviral transfer vectors comprise one or more export elements.
- export element refers to a cis-acting post-transcriptional regulatory element which regulates the transport of an RNA transcript from the nucleus to the cytoplasm of a cell.
- RNA export elements include, but are not limited to, the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) rev response element (RRE) (see e.g., Cullen et al, 1991. J. Virol. 65: 1053; and Cullen et al, 1991. Cell 58: 423), and the hepatitis B virus post-transcriptional regulatory element (HPRE).
- HCV human immunodeficiency virus
- HPRE hepatitis B virus post-transcriptional regulatory element
- the RNA export element is placed within the 3' UTR of a gene, and can be inserted as one or multiple copies.
- heterologous sequences in viral vectors is increased by incorporating posttranscriptional regulatory elements, efficient polyadenylation sites, and optionally, transcription termination signals into the vectors.
- posttranscriptional regulatory elements can increase expression of a heterologous nucleic acid at the protein, e.g., woodchuck hepatitis virus posttranscriptional regulatory element (WPRE; Zufferey et al, 1999, J. Virol, 73:2886); the posttranscriptional regulatory element present in hepatitis B virus (HPRE) (Huang et al, Mol. Cell. Biol, 5:3864); and the like (Liu et al, 1995, Genes Dev., 9: 1766).
- WPRE woodchuck hepatitis virus posttranscriptional regulatory element
- HPRE hepatitis B virus
- vectors of the invention lack or do not comprise a posttranscriptional regulatory element such as a WPRE or HPRE because in some instances these elements increase the risk of cellular transformation and/or do not substantially or significantly increase the amount of mRNA transcript or increase mRNA stability. Therefore, in some aspects, vectors of the invention lack or do not comprise a WPRE or HPRE as an added safety measure.
- a posttranscriptional regulatory element such as a WPRE or HPRE because in some instances these elements increase the risk of cellular transformation and/or do not substantially or significantly increase the amount of mRNA transcript or increase mRNA stability. Therefore, in some aspects, vectors of the invention lack or do not comprise a WPRE or HPRE as an added safety measure.
- polyA site or "polyA sequence” as used herein denotes a DNA sequence which directs both the termination and polyadenylation of the nascent RNA transcript by RNA polymerase II. Efficient polyadenylation of the recombinant transcript is desirable as transcripts lacking a poly A tail are unstable and are rapidly degraded.
- polyA signals that can be used in a vector of the invention, include an ideal polyA sequence (e.g., AATAAA, ATTAAA AGTAAA), a bovine growth hormone polyA sequence (BGHpA), a rabbit ⁇ -globin polyA sequence (rPgpA), or another suitable heterologous or endogenous polyA sequence known in the art.
- an ideal polyA sequence e.g., AATAAA, ATTAAA AGTAAA
- BGHpA bovine growth hormone polyA sequence
- rPgpA rabbit ⁇ -globin polyA sequence
- a retroviral or lentiviral vector further comprises one or more insulator elements.
- Insulators elements may contribute to protecting lentivirus- expressed sequences, e.g., therapeutic polypeptides, from integration site effects, which may be mediated by cis-acting elements present in genomic DNA and lead to deregulated expression of transferred sequences (i.e., position effect; see, e.g., Burgess-Beusse et al, 2002, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 99: 16433; and Zhan et al, 2001, Hum. Genet., 109:471).
- transfer vectors comprise one or more insulator element the 3' LTR and upon integration of the pro virus into the host genome, the pro virus comprises the one or more insulators at both the 5' LTR or 3' LTR, by virtue of duplicating the 3' LTR.
- Suitable insulators for use in the invention include, but are not limited to, the chicken ⁇ -globin insulator (see Chung et al, 1993. Cell 74:505; Chung et al, 1997. PNAS 94:575; and Bell et al, 1999. Cell 98:387, incorporated by reference herein).
- Examples of insulator elements include, but are not limited to, an insulator from an ⁇ -globin locus, such as chicken HS4.
- most or all of the viral vector backbone sequences are derived from a lentivirus, e.g., HIV-1.
- a lentivirus e.g., HIV-1.
- many different sources of lentiviral sequences can be used, and numerous substitutions and alterations in certain of the lentiviral sequences may be accommodated without impairing the ability of a transfer vector to perform the functions described herein.
- a variety of lentiviral vectors are known in the art, see Naldini et al, (1996a, 1996b, and 1998); Zufferey et al, (1997); Dull et al, 1998, U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,013,516; and 5,994,136, many of which may be adapted to produce a viral vector or transfer plasmid of the present invention.
- time sufficient to increase transduction efficiency refers to a time period in which a population of cells may be cultured together with a compound that increases PPAR signaling such that, when the population of cells is brought into contact with a gene delivery vehicle, such as a retrovirus or a lentivirus, the cells are transduced with the gene delivery vehicle at an increased transduction efficiency.
- a gene delivery vehicle such as a retrovirus or a lentivirus
- transduction efficiency refers to the percentage of cells cultured with a compound that increases PPAR signaling that are transduced with a gene delivery vehicle, compared to a similar population of cells that is brought into contact with a similar gene delivery vehicle, in the absence of the compound that increases PPAR signaling.
- engraftment is used herein to refer to the ability of hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells to repopulate a tissue, whether such cells are naturally circulating or are provided by transplantation.
- the term encompasses all events surrounding or leading up to engraftment, such as tissue homing of cells and colonization of cells within the tissue of interest.
- engraftment efficiency or rate of engraftment can be evaluated or quantified using any clinically acceptable parameter as known to those of skill in the art and can include, for example, assessment of competitive repopulating units (CRU); incorporation or expression of a marker in tissue(s) into which stem cells have homed, colonized, or become engrafted; or by evaluation of the progress of a subject through disease progression, survival of hematopoietic progenitor cells, or survival of a recipient.
- CRU competitive repopulating units
- engraftment is determined by measuring white blood cell counts in peripheral blood during a post-transplant period.
- engraftment can be assessed by measuring recovery of marrow cells in a bone marrow aspirate sample.
- enhancing hematopoietic stem cell or progenitor cell engraftment refers to an increase in the efficiency or rate (i.e., amount of engraftment over a period of time) of hematopoietic stem cell or progenitor cell engraftment of at least 10% (e.g., as assessed by measuring white blood cell count) in individuals treated with an agent compared to untreated individuals.
- the rate of hematopoietic progenitor cell engraftment is increased by at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 99%, at least 1-fold, at least 2-fold, at least 5-fold, at least 10- fold, at least 100-fold, at least 500-fold, at least 1000-fold or higher in individuals being treated with an agent compared to the efficiency/rate of engraftment in an untreated individual.
- Engraftment can also be assessed using a bone marrow aspirate sample and monitoring colony forming unit cells (CFU-Cs).
- the term "increasing hematopoietic stem cell or progenitor cell expansion” refers to an increase in hematopoietic stem cell or progenitor cell proliferation following a hematopoietic stem cell and/or progenitor cell transplant (e.g., bone marrow, peripheral blood, or cord blood transplant) of at least 10% (as assessed by for example, measuring hematopoietic progenitor number in a bone marrow aspirate sample) in the bone marrow of an individual being treated with an agent that increases PPAR signaling, compared to an untreated individual.
- a hematopoietic stem cell and/or progenitor cell transplant e.g., bone marrow, peripheral blood, or cord blood transplant
- the increase in hematopoietic stem cell and/or progenitor cell number is at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 99%, at least 1-fold, at least 2-fold, at least 5 -fold, at least 10-fold, at least 50-fold, at least 100-fold, at least 500-fold, at least 1000-fold or higher in the presence of an agent that increases PPAR signaling than the level of hematopoietic progenitor cell proliferation in the absence of such agent.
- polypeptides and other organic and inorganic chemicals, including without limitation, all analogs and derivatives thereof.
- analog or “derivative” relates to a chemical molecule that is similar to another chemical substance in structure and function, often differing structurally by a single element or group, but may differ by differ by modification of more than one group (e.g., 2, 3, or 4 groups) if it retains the same function as the parental chemical.
- modifications are routine to persons skilled in the art, and include, for example, additional or substituted chemical moieties, such as esters or amides of an acid, protecting groups such as a benzyl group for an alcohol or thiol, and tert-butoxylcarbonyl groups for an amine.
- alkyl side chains such as alkyl substitutions (e.g., methyl, dimethyl, ethyl, etc.), modifications to the level of saturation or unsaturation of side chains, and the addition of modified groups such as substituted phenyl and phenoxy.
- Derivatives may also include conjugates, such as biotin or avidin moieties, enzymes such as horseradish peroxidase and the like, and including radio-labeled, bioluminescent, chemoluminescent, or fluorescent moieties.
- moieties may be added to the agents described herein to alter their pharmacokinetic properties, such as to increase half-life in vivo or ex vivo, or to increase their cell penetration properties, among other desirable properties.
- prodrugs which are known to enhance numerous desirable qualities of pharmaceuticals ⁇ e.g., solubility,
- polynucleotide or “nucleic acid” refers to messenger RNA (mRNA), RNA, genomic RNA (gRNA), plus strand RNA (RNA(+)), minus strand RNA (RNA(-)), genomic DNA (gDNA), complementary DNA (cDNA) or DNA.
- Polynucleotides include single and double stranded polynucleotides.
- polynucleotides of the invention include polynucleotides or variants having at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%), 98%o, 99%) or 100% sequence identity to any of the reference sequences described herein (see, e.g., Sequence Listing), typically where the variant maintains at least one biological activity of the reference sequence.
- the present invention contemplates, in part, viral vector and transfer plasmid polynucleotide sequences and compositions comprising the same.
- the invention provides polynucleotides encoding one or more therapeutic polypeptides and/or other genes of interest.
- the present invention provides polynucleotides encoding a globin polypeptide or an ATP-binding cassette, sub-family D (ALD), member 1 (ABCD1) polypeptide, as discussed elsewhere herein.
- polynucleotide variant and “variant” and the like refer to polynucleotides displaying substantial sequence identity with a reference polynucleotide sequence or polynucleotides that hybridize with a reference sequence under stringent conditions that are defined hereinafter. These terms include polynucleotides in which one or more nucleotides have been added or deleted, or replaced with different nucleotides compared to a reference polynucleotide.
- isolated means material, e.g., a polynucleotide, a polypeptide, a cell, that is substantially or essentially free from components that normally accompany it in its native state.
- the term “obtained” or “derived” is used synonymously with isolated.
- an "isolated" is used synonymously with isolated.
- polynucleotide refers to a polynucleotide that has been purified from the sequences which flank it in a naturally-occurring state, e.g., a DNA fragment that has been removed from the sequences that are normally adjacent to the fragment.
- Polynucleotide sequences can be annotated in the 5' to 3' orientation or the 3' to 5' orientation.
- complementary and complementarity refer to polynucleotides ⁇ i.e., a sequence of nucleotides) related by the base-pairing rules.
- the complementary strand of the DNA sequence 5' A G T C A T G 3' is 3' T C A G T A C 5'.
- the latter sequence is often written as the reverse complement with the 5' end on the left and the 3' end on the right, 5' C A T G A C T 3'.
- a sequence that is equal to its reverse complement is said to be a palindromic sequence.
- Complementarity can be "partial,” in which only some of the nucleic acids' bases are matched according to the base pairing rules. Or, there can be “complete” or “total” complementarity between the nucleic acids.
- nucleic acid cassette refers to genetic sequences within the vector which can express an RNA, and subsequently a polypeptide.
- the nucleic acid cassette contains a gene(s)-of-interest, e.g., a
- the nucleic acid cassette contains one or more expression control sequences and a gene(s)-of-interest, e.g., a polynucleotide(s)-of-interest.
- Vectors may comprise one, two, three, four, five or more nucleic acid cassettes.
- the nucleic acid cassette is positionally and sequentially oriented within the vector such that the nucleic acid in the cassette can be transcribed into RNA, and when necessary, translated into a protein or a polypeptide, undergo appropriate post-translational modifications required for activity in the transformed cell, and be translocated to the appropriate compartment for biological activity by targeting to appropriate intracellular compartments or secretion into extracellular compartments.
- the cassette has its 3' and 5' ends adapted for ready insertion into a vector, e.g., it has restriction endonuclease sites at each end.
- the nucleic acid cassette contains the sequence of a therapeutic gene used to treat, prevent, or ameliorate a genetic disorder, such as a hematopoietic disorder.
- the cassette can be removed and inserted into a plasmid or viral vector as a single unit.
- Polynucleotides include a polynucleotide(s)-of-interest.
- polynucleotide(s)-of-interest refers to one or more polynucleotides, e.g., a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide ⁇ i.e., a polypeptide-of-interest), inserted into an expression vector that is desired to be expressed.
- vectors and/or plasmids of the present invention comprise one or more polynucleotides-of- interest, e.g., a globin gene or ABCD1 gene.
- a polynucleotide-of- interest encodes a polypeptide that provides a therapeutic effect in the treatment, prevention, or amelioration of a hematopoietic disease or disorder, which may be referred to as a "therapeutic polypeptide," e.g., a globin gene.
- a therapeutic polypeptide e.g., a globin gene.
- a polynucleotide-of-interest encodes a polypeptide that provides a therapeutic effect in the treatment, prevention, or amelioration of an adrenoleukodystrophy or adrenomyeloneuropathy, which may be referred to as a "therapeutic polypeptide," e.g., an ABCD1 gene.
- a therapeutic polypeptide e.g., an ABCD1 gene. See, e.g., SEQ ID NOs: See, for example, US Patents 5,869,039; and 6,013,769, the full disclosure and claims of which are specifically incorporated herein by reference.
- globin means all proteins or protein subunits that are capable of covalently or noncovalently binding a heme moiety, and can therefore transport or store oxygen. Subunits of vertebrate and invertebrate hemoglobins, vertebrate and invertebrate myoglobins or mutants thereof are included by the term globin. Examples of globins include a-globin or variant thereof, ⁇ -globin or variant thereof, a ⁇ -globin or a variant thereof, and ⁇ -globin or a variant thereof.
- the polynucleotide-of-interest is a gene that encodes a polypeptide that provides a therapeutic function for the treatment of a
- hemoglobinopathy e.g., a-globin, ⁇ -globin or P-globinA-T87Q.
- Polynucleotides-of- interest, and polypeptides encoded therefrom include both polynucleotides that encode wild-type polypeptides, as well as functional variants and fragments thereof.
- a functional variant has at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% identity to a corresponding wild-type reference polynucleotide or polypeptide sequence.
- a functional variant or fragment has at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least a 100%, or at least 110%) or more of a biological activity of a corresponding wild-type polypeptide.
- Representative polynucleotides sequences suitable for use in the present invention include, but are not limited to, polynucleotides encoding a-globin, ⁇ -globin, and ⁇ - globinA-T87Q.
- polynucleotides of the present invention may be combined with other DNA sequences, such as promoters and/or enhancers, untranslated regions (UTRs), Kozak sequences, polyadenylation signals, additional restriction enzyme sites, multiple cloning sites, internal ribosomal entry sites (IRES), recombinase recognition sites ⁇ e.g., LoxP, FRT, and Att sites), termination codons, transcriptional termination signals, and
- polynucleotides encoding self-cleaving polypeptides, epitope tags, as disclosed elsewhere herein or as known in the art, such that their overall length may vary considerably. It is therefore contemplated that a polynucleotide fragment of almost any length may be employed, with the total length preferably being limited by the ease of preparation and use in the intended recombinant DNA protocol.
- expression control sequence refers to a polynucleotide sequence that comprises one or more promoters, enhancers, or other transcriptional control elements or combinations thereof that are capable of directing, increasing, regulating, or controlling the transcription or expression of an operatively linked polynucleotide.
- vectors of the invention comprise one or more expression control sequences that are specific to particular cells, cell types, or cell lineages e.g., target cells; that is, expression of polynucleotides operatively linked to an expression control sequence specific to particular cells, cell types, or cell lineages is expressed in target cells and not in other non-target cells.
- Each one of the one or more expression control sequences in a vector that are cell specific may express in the same or different cell types depending on the therapy desired.
- vectors comprise one or more expression control sequences specific to hematopoietic cells, e.g., hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells.
- vectors comprise one or more expression control sequences specific to erythroid cells.
- promoter refers to a recognition site of a polynucleotide (DNA or RNA) to which an R A polymerase binds.
- enhancer refers to a segment of DNA which contains sequences capable of providing enhanced transcription and in some instances can function independent of their orientation relative to another control sequence. An enhancer can function cooperatively or additively with promoters and/or other enhancer elements.
- promoter/enhancer refers to a segment of DNA which contains sequences capable of providing both promoter and enhancer functions.
- a vector of the invention comprises exogenous, endogenous, or heterologous control sequences such as promoters and/or enhancers.
- An "endogenous” control sequence is one which is naturally linked to a given gene in the genome.
- An “exogenous” control sequence is one which is placed in juxtaposition to a gene by means of genetic manipulation ⁇ i.e., molecular biological techniques) such that transcription of that gene is directed by the linked enhancer/promoter.
- a “heterologous” control sequence is an exogenous sequence that is from a different species than the cell being genetically manipulated.
- a “synthetic" control sequence may comprise elements of one more endogenous and/or exogenous sequences, and/or sequences determined in vitro or in silico that provide optimal promoter and/or enhancer activity for the particular gene therapy.
- operably linked refers to a juxtaposition wherein the components described are in a relationship permitting them to function in their intended manner.
- the term refers to a functional linkage between a nucleic acid expression control sequence (such as a promoter, and/or enhancer or other expression control sequence) and a second polynucleotide sequence, e.g., a polynucleotide-of- interest, wherein the expression control sequence directs transcription of the nucleic acid corresponding to the second sequence.
- constitutive expression control sequence refers to a promoter, enhancer, or promoter/enhancer that continually or continuously allows for transcription of an operably linked sequence.
- a constitutive expression control sequence may be a "ubiquitous" promoter, enhancer, or promoter/enhancer that allows expression in a wide variety of cell and tissue types or a "cell specific,” “cell type specific,” “cell lineage specific,” or “tissue specific” promoter, enhancer, or promoter/enhancer that allows expression in a restricted variety of cell and tissue types, respectively.
- Illustrative ubiquitous expression control sequences include, but are not limited to, a cytomegalovirus (CMV) immediate early promoter, a viral simian virus 40 (SV40) ⁇ e.g., early or late), a Moloney murine leukemia virus (MoMLV) LTR promoter, a Rous sarcoma virus (RSV) LTR, a herpes simplex virus (HSV) (thymidine kinase) promoter, H5, P7.5, and PI 1 promoters from vaccinia virus, an elongation factor 1 -alpha (EFla) promoter, early growth response 1 (EGR1), ferritin H (FerH), ferritin L (FerL), Glyceraldehyde 3-phosphate dehydrogenase (GAPDH), eukaryotic translation initiation factor 4A1 (EIF4A1), heat shock 70kDa protein 5 (HSPA5), heat shock protein 90kDa beta, member 1 (HS
- PGK phosphoglycerate kinase- 1
- CAG cytomegalovirus enhancer/chicken ⁇ - actin
- a cell, cell type, cell lineage or tissue specific expression control sequence may be desirable to use to achieve cell type specific, lineage specific, or tissue specific expression of a desired polynucleotide sequence (e.g., to express a particular nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide in only a subset of cell types, cell lineages, or tissues or during specific stages of development).
- tissue specific promoters include, but are not limited to: an B29 promoter (B cell expression), a runt transcription factor (CBFa2) promoter (stem cell specific expression), an CD 14 promoter (monocytic cell expression), an CD43 promoter (leukocyte and platelet expression), an CD45 promoter
- hematopoietic cell expression an CD68 promoter (macrophage expression), a CYP450 3A4 promoter (hepatocyte expression), an desmin promoter (muscle expression), an elastase 1 promoter (pancreatic acinar cell expression, an endoglin promoter (endothelial cell expression), a fibroblast specific protein 1 promoter (FSP1) promoter (fibroblast cell expression), a fibronectin promoter (fibroblast cell expression), a fms-related tyrosine kinase 1 (FLT1) promoter (endothelial cell expression), a glial fibrillary acidic protein (GFAP) promoter (astrocyte expression), an insulin promoter (pancreatic beta cell expression), an integrin, alpha 2b (ITGA2B) promoter (megakaryocytes), an intracellular adhesion molecule 2 (ICAM-2) promoter (endothelial cells), an interferon beta (IFN- ⁇ ) promoter (hem
- a vector of the present invention comprises one or more hematopoietic cell or tissue specific promoters and/or enhancers selected from the group consisting of: a human ⁇ -globin promoter; a human ⁇ -globin LCR; and a human a-globin HS40 enhancer and an ankyrin-1 promoter, operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding a globin polypeptide.
- a vector of the present invention comprises a promoter active in a microglial cell, operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding an ATP- binding cassette, sub-family D, member 1 (ABCD1) polypeptide.
- the promoter comprises a myeloproliferative sarcoma virus enhancer, negative control region deleted, dl587rev primer-binding site substituted (MND) promoter or transcriptionally active fragment thereof.
- conditional expression may refer to any type of conditional expression including, but not limited to, inducible expression; repressible expression; expression in cells or tissues having a particular physiological, biological, or disease state, etc. This definition is not intended to exclude cell type or tissue specific expression. Certain aspects of the invention provide conditional expression of a polynucleotide-of-interest, e.g., expression is controlled by subjecting a cell, tissue, organism, etc., to a treatment or condition that causes the polynucleotide to be expressed or that causes an increase or decrease in expression of the polynucleotide encoded by the polynucleotide-of-interest.
- inducible promoters/sy stems include, but are not limited to, steroid-inducible promoters such as promoters for genes encoding glucocorticoid or estrogen receptors (inducible by treatment with the corresponding hormone), metallothionine promoter (inducible by treatment with various heavy metals), MX-1 promoter (inducible by interferon), the "GeneSwitch” mifepristone- regulatable system (Sirin et ah, 2003, Gene, 323:67), the cumate inducible gene switch (WO 2002/088346), tetracycline-dependent regulatory systems, etc.
- steroid-inducible promoters such as promoters for genes encoding glucocorticoid or estrogen receptors (inducible by treatment with the corresponding hormone), metallothionine promoter (inducible by treatment with various heavy metals), MX-1 promoter (inducible by interferon), the "GeneSwitch”
- Conditional expression can also be achieved by using a site specific DNA recombinase.
- the vector comprises at least one (typically two) site(s) for recombination mediated by a site specific recombinase.
- recombinase or "site specific recombinase” include excisive or integrative proteins, enzymes, co-factors or associated proteins that are involved in recombination reactions involving one or more recombination sites ⁇ e.g., two, three, four, five, seven, ten, twelve, fifteen, twenty, thirty, fifty, etc.), which may be wild-type proteins (see Landy, Current Opinion in Biotechnology 3:699-707 (1993)), or mutants, derivatives ⁇ e.g., fusion proteins containing the recombination protein sequences or fragments thereof), fragments, and variants thereof.
- Illustrative examples of recombinases suitable for use in particular aspects of the present invention include, but are not limited to: Cre, Int, IHF, Xis, Flp, Fis, Hin, Gin, OC31, Cin, Tn3 resolvase, TndX, XerC, XerD, TnpX, Hjc, Gin, SpCCEl, and ParA.
- the vectors may comprise one or more recombination sites for any of a wide variety of site specific recombinases. It is to be understood that the target site for a site specific recombinase is in addition to any site(s) required for integration of a vector, e.g., a retroviral vector or lentiviral vector. As used herein, the terms
- recombination sequence refers to a particular nucleic acid sequence to which a recombinase recognizes and binds.
- loxP which is a 34 base pair sequence comprising two 13 base pair inverted repeats (serving as the recombinase binding sites) flanking an 8 base pair core sequence (see FIG. 1 of Sauer, B., Current Opinion in Biotechnology 5:521-527 (1994)).
- exemplary loxP sites include, but are not limited to: lox511 (Hoess et al, 1996; Bethke and Sauer, 1997), lox5171 (Lee and Saito, 1998), lox2272 (Lee and Saito, 1998), m2 (Langer et al., 2002), lox71 (Albert et al, 1995), and lox66 (Albert et al, 1995).
- Suitable recognition sites for the FLP recombinase include, but are not limited to: FRT (McLeod, et al, 1996), Fl, F2, F3 (Schlake and Bode, 1994), F4, F5
- recognition sequences are the attB, attP, attL, and attR sequences, which are recognized by the recombinase enzyme ⁇ Integrase, e.g., phi- c31.
- the cpC31 SSR mediates recombination only between the heterotypic sites attB (34 bp in length) and attP (39 bp in length) (Groth et al, 2000).
- attB and attP named for the attachment sites for the phage integrase on the bacterial and phage genomes, respectively, both contain imperfect inverted repeats that are likely bound by cpC31 homodimers (Groth et al, 2000).
- the product sites, attL and attR, are effectively inert to further cpC31 -mediated recombination (Belteki et al, 2003), making the reaction irreversible.
- attB-bearing DNA inserts into a genomic attP site more readily than an attP site into a genomic attB site (Thyagarajan et al, 2001; Belteki et al, 2003).
- typical strategies position by homologous recombination an attP-bearing "docking site" into a defined locus, which is then partnered with an attB-bearing incoming sequence for insertion.
- an "internal ribosome entry site” or “IRES” refers to an element that promotes direct internal ribosome entry to the initiation codon, such as ATG, of a cistron (a protein encoding region), thereby leading to the cap-independent translation of the gene. See, e.g., Jackson et al, 1990. Trends Biochem Sci
- RNA 1(10):985-1000 the vectors contemplated by the invention, include one or more
- polynucleotides-of-interest that encode one or more polypeptides.
- the polynucleotide sequences can be separated by one or more IRES sequences or polynucleotide sequences encoding self-cleaving polypeptides.
- Kanozak sequence refers to a short nucleotide sequence that greatly facilitates the initial binding of mRNA to the small subunit of the ribosome and increases translation.
- the consensus Kozak sequence is
- the vectors contemplated by the invention comprise polynucleotides that have a consensus Kozak sequence and that encode a desired polypeptide.
- vectors comprise a selection gene, also termed a selectable marker.
- selection genes encode proteins that (a) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, e.g., ampicillin, neomycin, hygromycin, methotrexate, Zeocin, Blastocidin, or tetracycline, (b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies, or (c) supply critical nutrients not available from complex media, e.g., the gene encoding D- alanine racemase for Bacilli. Any number of selection systems may be used to recover transformed cell lines. These include, but are not limited to, the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (Wigler et al, 1977.
- vectors of the invention are used to increase, establish and/or maintain the expression of one or more polypeptides, e.g., globins.
- polypeptide and “protein” are used interchangeably herein to refer to a polymer of amino acid residues and to variants and synthetic analogues of the same. Thus, these terms apply to amino acid polymers in which one or more amino acid residues are synthetic non-naturally occurring amino acids, such as a chemical analogue of a corresponding naturally occurring amino acid, as well as to naturally-occurring amino acid polymers.
- polypeptide variants refers to polypeptides that are distinguished from a reference polypeptide by the addition, deletion, truncations, and/or substitution of at least one amino acid residue, and that retain a biological activity.
- a polypeptide variant is distinguished from a reference polypeptide by one or more substitutions, which may be conservative or non-conservative, as known in the art.
- a variant polypeptide includes an amino acid sequence having at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more sequence identity or similarity to a corresponding sequence of a reference polypeptide.
- amino acid additions or deletions occur at the C-terminal end and/or the N-terminal end of the reference polypeptide.
- polypeptides of the invention may be altered in various ways including amino acid substitutions, deletions, truncations, and insertions. Methods for such manipulations are generally known in the art.
- amino acid sequence variants of a reference polypeptide can be prepared by mutations in the DNA.
- a "host cell” includes cells transfected, infected, or transduced in vivo, ex vivo, or in vitro with a recombinant vector or a polynucleotide of the invention.
- Host cells may include packaging cells, producer cells, and cells infected with viral vectors.
- host cells infected with viral vector of the invention are administered to a subject in need of therapy.
- the term "target cell” is used interchangeably with host cell and refers to transfected, infected, or transduced cells of a desired cell type.
- the target cell is a stem cell or progenitor cell.
- the target cell is a somatic cell, e.g., adult stem cell, progenitor cell, or differentiated cell.
- the target cell is a hematopoietic cell, e.g., a hematopoietic stem or progenitor cell.
- stem cell refers to a cell which is an undifferentiated cell capable of (1) long term self -renewal, or the ability to generate at least one identical copy of the original cell, (2) differentiation at the single cell level into multiple, and in some instance only one, specialized cell type and (3) of in vivo functional regeneration of tissues.
- Stem cells are subclassified according to their developmental potential as totipotent, pluripotent, multipotent and oligo/unipotent.
- Self-renewal refers a cell with a unique capacity to produce unaltered daughter cells and to generate specialized cell types (potency). Self-renewal can be achieved in two ways. Asymmetric cell division produces one daughter cell that is identical to the parental cell and one daughter cell that is different from the parental cell and is a progenitor or
- Asymmetric cell division does not increase the number of cells.
- Symmetric cell division produces two identical daughter cells.
- "Proliferation” or “expansion” of cells refers to symmetrically dividing cells.
- the term “totipotent” means the ability of a cell to form all cell lineages of an organism. For example, in mammals, only the zygote and the first cleavage stage blastomeres are totipotent.
- the term “pluripotent” means the ability of a cell to form all lineages of the body or soma ⁇ i.e., the embryo proper).
- embryonic stem cells are a type of pluripotent stem cells that are able to form cells from each of the three germs layers, the ectoderm, the mesoderm, and the endoderm.
- the term “multipotent” refers to the ability of an adult stem cell to form multiple cell types of one lineage.
- hematopoietic stem cells are capable of forming all cells of the blood cell lineage, e.g., lymphoid and myeloid cells.
- oligopotent refers to the ability of an adult stem cell to differentiate into only a few different cell types.
- lymphoid or myeloid stem cells are capable of forming cells of either the lymphoid or myeloid lineages, respectively.
- unipotent means the ability of a cell to form a single cell type.
- spermatogonial stem cells are only capable of forming sperm cells.
- progenitor or “progenitor cells” refers to cells have the capacity to self-renew and to differentiate into more mature cells. Many progenitor cells differentiate along a single lineage, but may have quite extensive proliferative capacity.
- the terms “fate-conversion,” “fate-switching,” and “lineage switching” refer to stem and/or progenitor cells that have been manipulated by physical, chemical and/or through other means, in order to change the characteristics of such stem and/or progenitor cells, such that the fate-converted stem and/or progenitor cells are subsequently able to form cells of a different lineage or cell type than prior to such manipulation.
- stem and/or progenitor cells such that the fate-converted stem and/or progenitor cells are subsequently able to form cells of a different lineage or cell type than prior to such manipulation.
- pancreatic stem cells or pancreatic endoderm
- hepatocytes Kermanana and Mukhopadhyay, J.
- the present invention contemplates, in part, both the transduction of fate-converted stem and/or progenitor cells, as well as contacting any precursor cell population with a gene delivery vector to contribute to fate conversion.
- Hematopoietic stem cells give rise to committed hematopoietic progenitor cells (HPCs) that are capable of generating the entire repertoire of mature blood cells over the lifetime of an organism.
- HPC hematopoietic progenitor cells
- the term "hematopoietic stem cell” or “HSC” refers to multipotent stem cells that give rise to the all the blood cell types of an organism, including myeloid ⁇ e.g., monocytes and macrophages, neutrophils, basophils, eosinophils, erythrocytes, megakaryocytes/platelets, dendritic cells), and lymphoid lineages (e.g., T-cells, B-cells, NK-cells), and others known in the art (See Fei, R., et al, U.S.
- hematopoietic stem cells encompasses hematopoietic cells that are capable of self-renewal, which can be identified with the following stem cell marker profile: Lin- KLS+Flk2-CD34-.
- hematopoietic progenitor cells encompasses pluripotent cells capable of differentiating into several cell types of the hematopoietic system, including, but not limited to, granulocytes, monocytes, erythrocytes, megakaryocytes, B-cells and T-cells.
- Hematopoietic progenitor cells are committed to the hematopoietic cell lineage and generally do not self-renew; hematopoietic progenitor cells can be identified, for example by cell surface markers such as Lin- KLS+Flk2-CD34+.
- term “hematopoietic progenitor cells” encompasses short term hematopoietic stem cells (ST-HSCs), multi-potent progenitor cells (MPPs), common myeloid progenitor cells (CMPs), granulocyte-monocyte progenitor cells (GMPs), and megakaryocyte-erythrocyte progenitor cells (MEPs).
- hematopoietic progenitor cells can be determined functionally as colony forming unit cells (CFU-Cs) in complete methylcellulose assays, or phenotypically through the detection of cell surface markers using assays known to those of skill in the art.
- CFU-Cs colony forming unit cells
- hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells can repopulate the erythroid, neutrophil-macrophage, megakaryocyte and lymphoid hematopoietic cell pool.
- Viral particles are produced by transfecting a transfer vector into a packaging cell line that comprises viral structural and/or accessory genes, e.g., gag, pol, env, tat, rev, vif, vpr, vpu, vpx, or nef genes or other retroviral genes.
- packaging vector refers to an expression vector or viral vector that lacks a packaging signal and comprises a polynucleotide encoding one, two, three, four or more viral structural and/or accessory genes.
- the packaging vectors are included in a packaging cell, and are introduced into the cell via transfection, transduction or infection.
- a retroviral/lentiviral transfer vector of the present invention can be introduced into a packaging cell line, via transfection, transduction or infection, to generate a producer cell or cell line.
- the packaging vectors of the present invention can be introduced into human cells or cell lines by standard methods including, e.g., calcium phosphate transfection, lipofection or electroporation.
- the packaging vectors are introduced into the cells together with a dominant selectable marker, such as neomycin, hygromycin, puromycin, blastocidin, zeocin, thymidine kinase, DHFR, Gin synthetase or ADA, followed by selection in the presence of the appropriate drug and isolation of clones.
- a selectable marker gene can be linked physically to genes encoding by the packaging vector, e.g., by IRES or self cleaving viral peptides.
- Viral envelope proteins determine the range of host cells which can ultimately be infected and transformed by recombinant retroviruses generated from the cell lines.
- the env proteins include gp41 and gpl20.
- the viral env proteins expressed by packaging cells of the invention are encoded on a separate vector from the viral gag and pol genes, as has been previously described.
- retroviral-derived env genes which can be employed in the invention include, but are not limited to: MLV envelopes, 10A1 envelope, BAEV, FeLV-B, RD114, SSAV, Ebola, Sendai, FPV (Fowl plague virus), and influenza virus envelopes.
- genes encoding envelopes from RNA viruses ⁇ e.g., RNA virus families of Picornaviridae, Calciviridae, Astroviridae, Togaviridae, Flaviviridae, Coronaviridae, Paramyxoviridae, Rhabdoviridae, Filoviridae,
- Retroviridae as well as from the DNA viruses (families of Hepadnaviridae,
- Circoviridae Parvoviridae, Papovaviridae, Adenoviridae, Herpesviridae, Poxyiridae, and Iridoviridae
- Representative examples include, FeLV, VEE, HFVW, WDSV, SFV, Rabies, ALV, BIV, BLV, EBV, CAEV, SNV, ChTLV, STLV, MPMV, SMRV, RAV, FuSV, MH2, AEV, AMV, CT10, and EIAV.
- envelope proteins for pseudotyping a virus of present invention include, but are not limited to any of the following virus: Influenza A such as HlNl, H1N2, H3N2 and H5N1 (bird flu), Influenza B, Influenza C virus, Hepatitis A virus, Hepatitis B virus, Hepatitis C virus, Hepatitis D virus, Hepatitis E virus, Rotavirus, any virus of the Norwalk virus group, enteric adenoviruses, parvovirus, Dengue fever virus, Monkey pox, Mononegavirales, Lyssavirus such as rabies virus, Lagos bat virus, Mokola virus, Duvenhage virus, European bat virus 1 & 2 and Australian bat virus, Ephemera virus, Vesiculovirus, Vesicular Stomatitis Virus (VSV), Herpesviruses such as Herpes simplex virus types 1 and 2, varicella zoster, cytomegalovirus, Epstein-Bar virus (EBV), human herpesvirus
- Venezuelan hemorrhagic fever virus Lassa fever virus, Machupo virus, Lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus (LCMV), Bunyaviridiae such as Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever virus, Hantavirus, hemorrhagic fever with renal syndrome causing virus, Rift Valley fever virus, Filoviridae (filovirus) including Ebola hemorrhagic fever and Marburg hemorrhagic fever, Flaviviridae including Kaysanur Forest disease virus, Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus, Tick-borne encephalitis causing virus and
- Paramyxoviridae such as Hendra virus and Nipah virus, variola major and variola minor (smallpox), alphaviruses such as Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, eastern equine encephalitis virus, western equine encephalitis virus, SARS-associated coronavirus (SARS-CoV), West Nile virus, any encephaliltis causing virus.
- Hendra virus and Nipah virus variola major and variola minor (smallpox)
- alphaviruses such as Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, eastern equine encephalitis virus, western equine encephalitis virus, SARS-associated coronavirus (SARS-CoV), West Nile virus, any encephaliltis causing virus.
- SARS-CoV SARS-associated coronavirus
- the invention provides packaging cells which produce recombinant retrovirus, e.g., lentivirus, pseudotyped with the VSV-G glycoprotein.
- retrovirus e.g., lentivirus
- lentiviral envelope proteins are pseudotyped with VSV-G.
- the invention provides packaging cells which produce recombinant retrovirus, e.g., lentivirus, pseudotyped with the VSV-G envelope glycoprotein.
- packaging cell lines is used in reference to cell lines that do not contain a packaging signal, but do stably or transiently express viral structural proteins and replication enzymes ⁇ e.g., gag, pol and env) which are necessary for the correct packaging of viral particles.
- Any suitable cell line can be employed to prepare packaging cells of the invention.
- the cells are mammalian cells.
- the cells used to produce the packaging cell line are human cells.
- Suitable cell lines which can be used include, for example, CHO cells, BHK cells, MDCK cells, C3H 10T1/2 cells, FLY cells, Psi-2 cells, BOSC 23 cells, PA317 cells, WEHI cells, COS cells, BSC 1 cells, BSC 40 cells, BMT 10 cells, VERO cells, W138 cells, MRC5 cells, A549 cells, HT1080 cells, 293 cells, 293T cells, B-50 cells, 3T3 cells, NIH3T3 cells, HepG2 cells, Saos-2 cells, Huh7 cells, HeLa cells, W163 cells, 211 cells, and 211 A cells.
- the packaging cells are 293 cells, 293T cells, or A549 cells.
- the cells are A549 cells.
- the term "producer cell line” refers to a cell line which is capable of producing recombinant retroviral particles, comprising a packaging cell line and a transfer vector construct comprising a packaging signal.
- the production of infectious viral particles and viral stock solutions may be carried out using
- Infectious virus particles may be collected from the packaging cells using conventional techniques.
- the infectious particles can be collected by cell lysis, or collection of the supernatant of the cell culture, as is known in the art.
- the collected virus particles may be purified if desired. Suitable purification techniques are well known to those skilled in the art.
- the term “modulate” generally refers to the ability of the compositions and/or methods of the invention to increase or decrease prostaglandin signaling in cells contacted with a one or more compounds disclosed herein, such that viral transduction is increased in the contacted cells compared to cells that have not be contacted by the compounds.
- hematopoietic stem cell transduced with compositions and methods of the present invention comprises an increase in the number of transduced cells compared to existing transduction compositions and methods. Increases in cell transduction, can be ascertained using methods known in the art, such as reporter assays, RT-PCR, and cell surface protein expression, among others.
- An “increased” or “enhanced” amount of transduction is typically a "statistically significant” amount, and may include an increase that is 1.1, 1.2, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 30 or more times (e.g., 500, 1000 times) (including all integers and decimal points in between and above 1, e.g., 1.5, 1.6, 1.7. 1.8, etc.) the number of cells transduced by vehicle, a control composition, or other transduction method.
- a “decrease” or “lower,” or “lessen,” or “reduce,” or “abate” refer generally to compositions or methods that result in comparably fewer transduced cells compared to cells transduced with compositions and/or methods according to the present invention.
- a “decrease” or “reduced” amount of transduced cells is typically a "statistically significant” amount, and may include an decrease that is 1.1, 1.2, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 30 or more times (e.g., 500, 1000 times) (including all integers and decimal points in between and above 1, e.g., 1.5, 1.6, 1.7.
- the number of transduced cells (reference response) produced by compositions and/or methods according to the present invention refers generally to a physiological response that is comparable to a response caused by either vehicle, a control molecule/composition, or the response in a particular cell lineage.
- a comparable response is one that is not significantly different or measurable different from the reference response.
- an element means one element or more than one element.
- the term "about” or “approximately” refers to a quantity, level, value, number, frequency, percentage, dimension, size, amount, weight or length that varies by as much as 15%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2% or 1% to a reference quantity, level, value, number, frequency, percentage, dimension, size, amount, weight or length.
- the term "about” or “approximately” refers a range of quantity, level, value, number, frequency, percentage, dimension, size, amount, weight or length ⁇ 15%, ⁇ 10%, ⁇ 9%, ⁇ 8%, ⁇ 7%, ⁇ 6%, ⁇ 5%, ⁇ 4%, ⁇ 3%), ⁇ 2%, or ⁇ 1%) about a reference quantity, level, value, number, frequency, percentage, dimension, size, amount, weight or length.
- Retroviral and lentiviral vectors have been tested and found to be suitable delivery vehicles for the stable introduction of genes of interest, e.g., encoding therapeutic polypeptides, into the genome of a broad range of target cells.
- the present invention contemplates, in part, improved delivery of gene therapy vectors to a population of cells that are administered to a subject to provide gene therapy.
- the present invention further provides transfer vectors, which may be used to practice methods of the present invention. While the skilled artisan will appreciate that such transfer vectors may be produced using a variety of different viral vectors, in particular aspects, the transfer vector is a retroviral vector or a lentiviral vector, in part since lentiviral vectors are capable of providing efficient delivery, integration and long term expression of transgenes into non-dividing cells both in vitro and in vivo.
- lentiviral vectors are known in the art, see Naldini et al., (1996a, 1996b, and 1998); Zufferey et al, (1997); Dull et al, 1998, U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,013,516; and 5,994,136, any of which may be adapted to produce a transfer vector of the present invention.
- these vectors are plasmid-based or virus-based, and are configured to carry the essential sequences for transfer of a nucleic acid encoding a therapeutic polypeptide into a host cell.
- the retroviral vector is a lentiviral vector.
- the vectors may be derived from human immunodeficiency- 1 (HIV-1), human
- HIV-2 immunodeficiency-2
- SIV simian immunodeficiency virus
- FV feline immunodeficiency virus
- BIV bovine immunodeficiency virus
- JDV Jembrana Disease Virus
- EIAV equine infectious anemia virus
- CAEV caprine arthritis encephalitis virus
- HIV based vector backbones ⁇ i.e., HIV cis- acting sequence elements and HIV gag, pol and rev genes) are generally be preferred in connection with most aspects of the present invention in that HIV-based constructs are the most efficient at transduction of human cells.
- the present invention provides vectors, e.g., lentiviral vectors that comprise an expression control sequence that directs expression of
- polynucleotide-of-interest e.g., a globin gene
- a cell type or cell lineage expression control sequence offers safety advantages in restricting polynucleotide expression to a desired stage of cell differentiation in a single lineage; and thus, vectors of the invention alleviate concerns dealing with ectopic expression of polypeptides in undesired cells types.
- the expression control sequence may be a ubiquitous expression control sequence as disclosed elsewhere herein.
- the expression control sequence may be a stem cell specific expression control sequence that directs stem cell specific expression of the polynucleotide-of-interest in an embryonic stem cell, a neural stem cell, a mesenchymal stem cell, a liver stem cell, a pancreatic stem cell, pancreatic endoderm, a cardiac stem cell, a kidney stem cell, or a hematopoietic stem cell.
- the expression control sequence may a cell type or cell lineage specific expression control sequence that directs expression of the polynucleotide-of-interest in a hematopoietic stem cell, a hematopoietic progenitor cell, a myeloid cell, a lymphoid cell, a thrombopoietic lineage, a mast cell, an erythropoietic lineage cell, a granulopoietic lineage cell, and a monocytopoietic lineage cell.
- a vector of the invention may be used to express a polynucleotide, e.g., gene-of-interest in one or more or all hematopoietic cells including, but not limited to hematopoietic stem cells, hematopoietic progenitor cells, myeloid progenitors, lymphoid progenitors, thrombopoietic progenitors, erythroid progenitors, granulopoietic progenitors, monocytopoietic progenitors,
- megakaryoblasts promegakaryocytes, megakaryocytes, thrombocytes/platelets, proerythroblasts, basophilic erythroblasts, polychromatic erythroblasts,
- orthochromatic erythroblasts polychromatic erythrocytes, erythrocytes (RBCs), basophilic promyelocytes, basophilic myelocytes, basophilic metamyelocytes, basophils, neutrophilic promyelocytes, neutrophilic myelocytes, neutrophilic metamyelocytes, neutrophils, eosinophilic promyelocytes, eosinophilic myelocytes, macrophages, dendritic cells, lymphoblasts, prolymphocytes, natural killer (NK)-cells, small lymphocytes, T-lymphocytes, B-lymphocytes, plasma cells, and lymphoid dendritic cells.
- NK natural killer
- a vector of the invention may be used to express a polynucleotide, e.g., gene-of-interest in one or more erythroid cells, e.g.,
- proerythroblast basophilic erythroblast, polychromatic erythroblast, orthochromatic erythroblast, polychromatic erythrocyte, and erythrocyte (RBC).
- the vector comprises a hematopoietic cell promoter, enhancer, or promoter/enhancer operably linked to a gene of interest, e.g., globin.
- Suitable cell type or cell lineage specific expression control sequences include, but are not limited to hematopoietic cell expression control sequences, such as, for example, a hematopoietic stem cell promoter, and a hematopoietic progenitor cell promoter.
- a suitable hematopoietic cell expression control sequence can include, but is not limited to, an erythroid cell specific promoter and optionally an erythroid cell specific enhancer, a human ⁇ -globin promoter, a human ⁇ -globin LCR, or a human a-globin HS40 enhancer and an ankyrin-1 promoter.
- suitable cell type or cell lineage specific expression control sequences include, but are not limited to a promoter active in a microglial cell.
- the promoter comprises a MND promoter or transcriptionally active fragment thereof, operably linked to a gene of interest, e.g., ABCD1.
- the use of a cell type or cell lineage expression control sequence offers safety advantages in restricting polynucleotide expression to this a desired stage of cell differentiation in a single lineage; and thus, vectors of the invention alleviate concerns dealing with ectopic expression of polypeptides in undesired cells types.
- the invention provides, a vector comprising one or more LTRs, and an expression control sequence operably linked to a gene of interest.
- the expression control sequence is an erythroid cell specific expression control sequence is selected from the group consisting of: a human ⁇ -globin promoter; a human ⁇ -globin LCR; and a human a-globin HS40 enhancer and an ankyrin-1 promoter.
- the design of the vector will be made with the goal of treating, preventing, or ameliorating a particular hematopoietic disease, disorder, or condition.
- the present invention contemplates vectors for gene therapy of hemoglobinopathies that comprise a gene of interest selected from the group consisting of: human a-globin, human ⁇ -globin, human ⁇ -globin, and human ⁇ - globin, or biologically active variants or fragments thereof.
- the globin gene is selected from the group consisting of a wild type human ⁇ -globin gene, a deleted human ⁇ -globin gene comprising one or more deletions of intron sequences, and a mutated human ⁇ -globin gene encoding at least one antisickling amino acid residue.
- the gene of interest can be an antisickling protein.
- antisickling protein refers to a polypeptide that prevents or reverses the pathological events leading to sickling of erythrocytes in sickle cell conditions.
- the transduced cells of the invention are used to deliver antisickling proteins to a subject with a hemoglobinopathic condition.
- Antisickling proteins also include mutated ⁇ -globin genes comprising antisickling amino acid residues.
- one such globin variant is the human ⁇ -globin gene encoding a threonine to glutamine mutation at codon 87 ( ⁇ - ⁇ 87(3 ⁇ 4 or a human ⁇ - globin gene.
- Other antisickling amino acid residues are known in the art and may be useful in the present invention. For example, see U.S. Patent 6,051,402; U.S. Patent 5,861,488; U.S. Patent 6,670,323; U.S. Patent 5,864,029; U.S. Patent 5,877,288; and Levasseur et ah, Blood 102:4312-4319 (2003), which are herein incorporated by reference.
- a vector that comprising an erythroid specific expression control sequence is used to treat, prevent, or ameliorate of a vast number of disorders extending well beyond the hemoglobinopathies.
- Red blood cell precursors are a useful cell population in which to express polypeptides that can be secreted into the circulation and thus delivered systemically.
- An example of such in vivo protein delivery is human Factor IX, a clotting factor that is missing in patients with
- Hemophilia B see, e.g., A. H. Chang, et al, Molecular Therapy (2008), which is herein incorporated by reference.
- cells transduced with vectors of the invention can be used as "factories" for protein secretion, in vitro, ex vivo, or in vivo.
- a vector comprising an erythroid cell specific expression control sequence can be used for large-scale in vitro production of proteins from erythroid cells differentiated from HSCs or from embryonic stem cells.
- Polynucleotides-of-interest that could be expressed in this way include, but are not limited to: adenosine deaminase, the enzymes affected in lysosomal storage diseases, apolipoprotein E, brain derived neurotropihic factor (BDNF), bone morphogenetic protein 2 (BMP-2), bone morphogenetic protein 6 (BMP-6), bone morphogenetic protein 7 (BMP-7), cardiotrophin 1 (CT-1), CD22, CD40, ciliary neurotrophic factor (CNTF), CCL1-CCL28, CXCL1-CXCL17, CXCL1, CXCL2, CX3CL1, vascular endothelial cell growth factor (VEGF), dopamine, erythropoietin, Factor IX, Factor VIII, epidermal growth factor (EGF), estrogen, FAS-ligand, fibroblast growth factor 1 (FGF-1), fibroblast growth factor 2 (FGF-2), fibroblast growth factor 4 (FGF-4),
- a vector of the invention comprises at least one modified or unmodified retroviral LTR, e.g., lentiviral LTR, a ⁇ -globin promoter and a ⁇ -globin locus control region (LCR) operably linked to a polynucleotide of interest, e.g., encoding a globin polypeptide.
- LTR modified or unmodified retroviral LTR
- Suitable modifications of the LTRs include, but are not limited to: replacement of the 5' LTR is with a heterologous promoter, e.g., cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter, a Rous Sarcoma Virus (RSV) promoter, a thymidine kinase promoter, or an Simian Virus 40 (SV40) promoter; and one or more modifications, additions, and/or deletions of a 3' LTR as discussed elsewhere herein.
- CMV cytomegalovirus
- RSV Rous Sarcoma Virus
- erythroid specific expression of a polynucleotide is achieved using a human ⁇ -globin promoter, a ⁇ -globin LCR that comprises one or more of DNAase I hypersensitive sites 2, 3 and 4 from the human ⁇ -globin LCR, and/or a human ⁇ -globin 3' enhancer element.
- a vector of the invention comprises one or more elements selected from the group consisting of: a Psi packaging sequence ( ⁇ ), a central polypurine tract/DNA flap (cPPT/FLAP), a retroviral export element, a
- posttranscriptional regulatory element one or more insulator elements, a
- polyadenylation sequence polyadenylation sequence, a selectable marker, and a cell suicide gene, as discussed elsewhere herein.
- the vectors of the invention comprise a promoter operably in hematopoietic cell operably linked to a gene encoding a polypeptide that provides therapy for hemoglobinopathies.
- the vectors may have one or more LTRs, wherein either LTR comprises one or more modifications, such as one or more nucleotide substitutions, additions, or deletions.
- the vectors may further comprise one of more accessory elements to increase transduction efficiency (e.g., a cPPT/FLAP), viral packaging (e.g., a Psi ( ⁇ ) packaging signal, RRE), and/or other elements that increase therapeutic gene expression (e.g., poly (A) sequences).
- a vector comprises a left (5') retroviral LTR, a Psi packaging sequence ( ⁇ ), central polypurine tract/DNA flap (cPPT/FLAP), a retroviral export element, a ⁇ -globin promoter, a ⁇ -globin locus control region (LCR), and optionally a 3' ⁇ -globin enhancer operably linked to a polynucleotide of interest, and a right (3') retroviral LTR that comprises one or more insulator elements, or a polyadenylation sequence.
- a vector of the invention is a lentiviral vector that comprises a left (5') HIV-1 LTR, a Psi packaging sequence ( ⁇ ), an HIV-1 central polypurine tract/DNA flap (cPPT/FLAP), a rev response element (RRE), a ⁇ -globin promoter, a ⁇ -globin locus control region (LCR), and optionally a 3' ⁇ -globin enhancer operably linked to a polynucleotide of interest, and a right (3') retroviral LTR that comprises one or more insulator elements, and a rabbit ⁇ -globin polyA sequence ( ⁇ gpA).
- ⁇ gpA rabbit ⁇ -globin polyA sequence
- the vectors of the invention comprise a promoter operably in a microglial cell operably linked to a gene encoding a polypeptide that provides therapy for adrenoleukodystrophies and/or adrenomyeloneuropathies.
- the vectors may have one or more LTRs, wherein either LTR comprises one or more
- the vectors may further comprise one of more accessory elements to increase transduction efficiency (e.g., a cPPT/FLAP), viral packaging (e.g., a Psi ( ⁇ ) packaging signal, RRE), and/or other elements that increase therapeutic gene expression (e.g., poly (A) sequences).
- accessory elements e.g., a cPPT/FLAP
- viral packaging e.g., a Psi ( ⁇ ) packaging signal, RRE
- other elements that increase therapeutic gene expression e.g., poly (A) sequences.
- the transfer vector of the invention comprises a left (5') retroviral LTR; a central polypurine tract/DNA flap (cPPT/FLAP); a retroviral export element; a promoter active in a microglial cell, operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding an ATP-binding cassette, sub-family D, member 1 (ABCDl) polypeptide; and a right (3') retroviral LTR.
- the invention provides a lentiviral vector comprising: a left (5') HIV-1 LTR; a Psi ( ⁇ ) packaging signal; a cPPT/FLAP; an RRE; a MND promoter, operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding a human ABCD1
- the therapeutic transgene or gene of interest is expressed in a target cell type or cell lineage other than the hematopoietic lineage, e.g., the neuronal lineage.
- the present invention contemplates, in part, methods and compositions that significantly increase the transduction efficiency of target cells. Without wishing to be bound to any particular theory, it is contemplated that the compositions and methods of the present invention may be used to transduce significantly more cells with significantly less virus, thereby minimizing the risk of genomic alteration and/or insertional activation of proto-oncogenes in the genome of the therapeutic cell.
- Minimizing the risk of insertional activation of proto-oncogenes and other genomic alterations in the therapeutic cell is an important consideration in devising a suitable gene therapy protocol because it minimizes the chance that transduced cells comprising cancer like characteristics will be clonally expanded in vivo and give rise to cancers, tumors or other diseases involving abnormal cell proliferation.
- transduction with large amounts of virus may be generally cytotoxic to the transduced cell.
- the compositions and methods of the present invention further enhance the survivability of transduced cells. Accordingly, the present invention provides a safer and more efficient gene therapy.
- retroviral vectors are transduced into a cell through infection and provirus integration.
- a cell e.g., a target cell
- a transduced cell comprises one or more genes or other polynucleotide sequences delivered by a retroviral or lentiviral vector in its cellular genome.
- host cells or target cells transduced with a viral vector of the invention express a therapeutic polypeptide and are administered to a subject to treat and/or prevent a disease, disorder, or condition.
- infectious viral particles and viral stock solutions may be carried out using conventional techniques. Methods of preparing viral stock solutions are known in the art and are illustrated by, e.g., Y. Soneoka et al. (1995) Nucl. Acids Res. 23:628-633, and N. R. Landau et al. (1992) J. Virol. 66:5110-5113.
- HIV type 1 (HIV-1) based viral particles may be generated by co-expressing the virion packaging elements and the transfer vector in a producer cell. These cells may be transiently transfected with a number of plasmids. Typically from three to four plasmids are employed, but the number may be greater depending upon the degree to which the lentiviral components are broken up into separate units.
- one plasmid may encode the core and enzymatic components of the virion, derived from HIV-1. This plasmid is termed the packaging plasmid.
- Another plasmid typically encodes the envelope protein(s), most commonly the G protein of vesicular stomatitis virus (VSV G) because of its high stability and broad tropism.
- VSV G vesicular stomatitis virus
- This plasmid may be termed the envelope expression plasmid.
- Yet another plasmid encodes the genome to be transferred to the target cell, that is, the vector itself, and is called the transfer vector.
- the packaging plasmids can be introduced into human cell lines by known techniques, including calcium phosphate transfection, lipofection or electroporation. Recombinant viruses with titers of several millions of transducing units per milliliter (TU/ml) can be generated by this technique and variants thereof. After ultracentrifugation concentrated stocks of about 10 8 TU/ml, 10 9 TU/ml, 10 10 TU/ml, 10 11 TU/ml, 10 12 TU/ml, or about 10 13 TU/ml can be obtained.
- Infectious virus particles may be collected from the packaging cells using conventional techniques.
- the infectious particles can be collected by cell lysis, or collection of the supernatant of the cell culture, as is known in the art.
- the collected virus particles may be purified if desired. Suitable purification techniques are well known to those skilled in the art.
- Viruses may be used to infect cells in vivo, ex vivo, or in vitro using techniques well known in the art. For example, when cells, for instance CD34 + cells, dendritic cells, peripheral blood cells or stem cells are transduced ex vivo, the vector particles may be incubated with the cells using a dose generally in the order of between 1 to 50 multiplicities of infection (MOI) which also corresponds to lxlO 5 to 50xl0 5 transducing units of the viral vector per 10 5 cells. This, of course, includes amount of vector corresponding to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, and 50 MOI.
- MOI multiplicities of infection
- Viruses may also be delivered to a subject in vivo, by direct injection to the cell, tissue, or organ in need of therapy.
- Direct injection requires on the order of between 1 to 50 multiplicities of infection (MOI) which also corresponds to lxlO 5 to 50xl0 5 transducing units of the viral vector per 10 5 cells.
- MOI multiplicities of infection
- Viruses may also be delivered according to viral titer (TU/mL), which can be measured, for example, by using a commercially available p24 titer assay, which is an ELISA against the p24 viral coat protein.
- VSV-G pseudotyped lentiviral vector will have an infectivity index in the range of 1 TU per 1000 physical particles (PP) to 1 TU per 100 PP (or less). Thus, the range is approximately 10 to 100 TU/pg of p24. It is through this conversion that TU/mL is obtained.
- the amount of lentivirus directly injected is determined by total TU and can vary based on both the volume that could be feasibly injected to the site and the type of tissue to be injected.
- a brain injection site may only allow for a very small volume of virus to be injected, so a high titer prep would be preferred, a TU of about 1 x 10 6 to 1 x 10 7 , about 1 x 10 6 to 1 x 10 8 , 1 x 10 6 to 1 x 10 9 , about 1 x 10 7 to 1 x 10 10 , 1 x 10 8 to 1 x 10 11 , about 1 x 10 8 to 1 x 10 12 , or about 1 x 10 to 1 x 10 or more per injection could be used.
- a systemic delivery could accommodate a much larger TU, a load of 1 x 10 8 , 1 x 10 9 , 1 x 10 10 , 1 x 10 11 , 1 x 10 12 , 1 x 10 13 , 1 x 10 14 , or 1 x 10 15 , could be delivered.
- the present invention contemplates compositions and methods that provide high efficiency transduction of cells in vitro, ex vivo, and in vivo, using lower viral titers than those disclosed above to achieve comparable transduction efficiencies in the absence of the compositions and methods provided herein.
- Certain aspects of the present invention arise from the unexpected finding that transduction efficiency is significantly increased by contacting cells, in vitro, ex vivo, or in vivo, with a retrovirus or lentivirus, and one or more compounds that interact with members of the peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) nuclear receptor signaling pathway, such as, for example, PPAR-a, - ⁇ , and - ⁇ .
- PPAR peroxisome proliferator activated receptor
- Many PPAR agonists are known, including compounds that have been used clinically, such as the thiazolidinedione class of insulin sensitizing antihyperglycemic agents, which includes pioglitazone, rosiglitazone, troglitazone and ciglitazone.
- Other PPAR agonists have been described and can be generally described as compounds that activate PPARs, increase PPAR transcriptional activity, and/or increase PPAR signaling. ...
- the terms “increase PPAR activity,” “activate the PPAR nuclear receptor signaling,” or “increase PPAR signaling” generally refers to the ability of a compound to increase the cell signaling activity downstream of a PPAR nuclear receptor in the cell contacted with the one or more compounds compared to the cell signaling activity downstream of the PPAR nuclear receptor in the absence of the one or more compounds.
- the term "increasing PPAR signaling” refers to an effect of an agent on at least one metabolic pathway of PPARs, or cells expressing such receptors, resulting in an increase of PPAR signaling activity by at least 10% as assessed by an appropriate assay. It is preferred that the increase in PPAR signaling is at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 99%, or even 100% in cells treated with an agent that alters PPAR signaling compared to untreated cells.
- the compound that stimulates the PPAR pathway is a naturally-occurring or synthetic chemical molecule or polypeptide that binds to and/or interacts with a PPAR, typically to activate or increase one or more of the
- the compound is a PPAR ligand including, but not limited to, prostaglandin J2 (PGJ2), as well as “analogs” or “derivatives” thereof, such as 15-deoxy-A12,14 prostaglandin J2 ("15d-PGJ2").
- Prostaglandins relate generally to hormone like molecules that are derived from fatty acids containing 20 carbon atoms, including a 5 -carbon ring, as described herein and known in the art.
- the prostaglandins useful herein include PGJ2, metabolic precursors to PGJ2, and metabolites of PGJ2, as well as analogs and derivatives of such molecules. Examples of metabolic precursors to PGJ2 include PGD2, PGH2 and Arachidonic Acid.
- Examples of metabolites of PGJ2 include 15d-PGJ2 and 15d-A12PGJ2. See, Scher et al, Clinical Immunology, 114: 100-109 (2005).
- metabolic precursor refers to a form of a compound that metabolizes into a desired compound.
- metabolite refers to a resultant form of a compound that has been metabolized.
- analogs or “derivatives” include, but are not limited to, hydroxy, methyl, keto, halo substitutions; saturation and desaturation, as well as other substitutions and modifications that are well known in the art.
- prostaglandin analogs or derivatives having a similar structure to PGJ2 that are substituted with halogen at the 9-position see, e.g., WO 2001/12596, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety
- 2-decarboxy- 2-phosphinico prostaglandin derivatives such as those described in U.S. Publication No. 2006/0247214, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- the present invention provides a method of improving the efficiency of transduction comprising culturing a population of cells with a retrovirus or lentivirus and one or more compounds that increase the PPAR nuclear receptor signaling selected from the group consisting of: PPAR-a agonists, PPAR- ⁇ agonists and PPAR- ⁇ agonists.
- the present invention provides a method of improving the efficiency of transduction comprising culturing a population of cells with a retrovirus or lentivirus and one or more compounds that are agonists of the PPAR-a receptor selected from the group consisting of: WY- 14643, fenofibrate, bezafibrate, ciprofibrate, gemfibrozil and MK-0767 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or derivatives.
- the present invention provides a method of improving the efficiency of transduction comprising culturing a population of cells with a retrovirus or lentivirus and one or more compounds that are agonists of the PPAR- ⁇ receptor selected from the group consisting of: thiazolidinediones, e.g., pioglitazone, rosiglitazone, troglitazone, L-tyrosine derivatives, fluoromethyloxycarbonyl, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, and anti-oxidants, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or derivatives.
- thiazolidinediones e.g., pioglitazone, rosiglitazone, troglitazone, L-tyrosine derivatives, fluoromethyloxycarbonyl, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, and anti-oxidants, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or derivatives.
- the present invention provides a method of improving the efficiency of transduction comprising culturing a population of cells with a retrovirus or lentivirus, and one or more compounds that are agonists of the PPAR- ⁇ receptor selected from the group consisting of: GW409544, LY-518674, LY-510929, TZD18, LTB4, oleylethanolamide, LY -465608, pirinixic acid, fatty acids, ragaglitazar, AD- 5061, fenofibric acid, GW7647, GW9578, TAK-559, KRP-297/MK-0767, eicosatetraenoic acid, farglitazar, reglitazar, DRF 2519, pristanic acid, bezafibrate, clofibrate, 8S-hydroxyeicosatetraenoic acid, GW2331, NS-220, pterostilbene, tetradecylglycidic acid
- the present invention also contemplates that the transduction efficiency of cells can be increased by culturing cells in the presence of a retrovirus or lentivirus, and a compound that stimulates a PPAR pathway, e.g., PPAR-a agonists, PPAR- ⁇ agonists and PPAR- ⁇ agonists.
- a PPAR pathway e.g., PPAR-a agonists, PPAR- ⁇ agonists and PPAR- ⁇ agonists.
- the present invention contemplates that cells may be cultured in the presence of a retrovirus and are exposed to (contacted with) a compound that stimulates the PPAR signaling pathway for a duration of about 10 minutes to about 72 hours, about 30 minutes to about 72 hours, about 10 minutes to about 48 hours, about 30 minutes to about 48 hours, about 10 minutes to about 24 hours, about 30 minutes to about 24 hours, about 10 minutes to about 12 hours, about 30 minutes to about 12 hours, about 10 minutes to about 8 hours, about 30 minutes to about 8 hours, about 10 minutes to about 6 hours, about 30 minutes to about 6 hours, about 10 minutes to about 4 hours, about 30 minutes to about 4 hours, about 10 minutes to about 2 hours, about 30 minutes to about 2 hours, about 1 hour to about 2 hours, or any intervening period of time.
- the cells cultured with a retrovirus are exposed to (contacted with) a compound that stimulates the PPAR signaling pathway for about 30 minutes, about 1 hour, about 2 hours, about 3 hours, about 4 hours, about 5 hours, about 6 hours, about 7 hours, about 8 hours, about 9 hours, about 10 hours, about 11 hours, about 12 hours, about 13 hours, about 14 hours, about 15 hours, about 16 hours, about 17 hours, about 18 hours, about 19 hours, about 20 hours, about 21 hours, about 22 hours, about 23 hours, about 24 hours, about 30 hours, about 36 hours, about 48 hours, or about 72 hours, or any intervening duration of time.
- the present invention contemplates that the cells may be cultured (contacted) with one or more compounds that stimulate the PPAR signaling pathway prior to culture with a retrovirus, during culture with a retrovirus, or after culture with a retrovirus, or any combination thereof for any of the foregoing periods of time disclosed herein.
- the present invention further contemplates that cells may be cultured
- the present invention also contemplates that cells may be cultured with a retrovirus prior to culture with one or more compounds that stimulate the PPAR signaling pathway, during culture with one or more compounds that stimulate the PPAR signaling pathway, or after culture with one or more compounds that stimulate the PPAR signaling pathway, or any combination thereof for any of the foregoing periods of time disclosed herein.
- the present inventive methods for increasing transduction includes culturing cells with retrovirus and one or more compounds that stimulate the PPAR signaling pathway, during the first 2 hours of transduction, the first 6 hours of transduction, the first 12 hours of transduction, the first 24 hours of transduction, the first 48 hours of transduction, or the first 72 hours of the transduction, or any intervening duration of transduction.
- the present invention contemplates that cells may be transduced 1 , 2, 3 or more times in the presence of a retrovirus and one or more compounds that stimulate the PPAR signaling pathway. In another aspect, the present invention contemplates that cells may be transduced 1, 2, 3 or more times in the presence of a retrovirus and exposed to (contacted with) one or more compounds that stimulate the PPAR signaling pathway.
- the invention contemplates that cells can be cultured with the retrovirus and one or more compounds that stimulate the PPAR signaling pathway, wherein the cells are exposed to or contacted with the foregoing for the same or different lengths of time, as disclosed elsewhere herein.
- compositions and methods of the invention can increase the transduction efficiency of virtually any cell type to at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%), at least about 60%>, at least about 65%, at least about 70%>, at least about 75%), at least about 80%>, at least about 85%, at least about 90%>, at least about 91%>, at least about 92%, at least about 93%>, at least about 94%>, at least about 95%, at least about 96%), at least about 97%, at least about 98%, at least about 99%, or at least about 100%.
- increase in transduction efficiency represents at least 2- fold, at least 5 -fold, at least 10-fold, at least 25 -fold, at least 50-fold, or at least 100- fold, or more fold enrichment of transduced cells compared to cells transduced with vector alone.
- the cells Prior to, during, and/or following transduction, the cells may be cultured in media suitable for the maintenance, growth, or proliferation of the cells.
- Suitable culture media and conditions are well known in the art.
- Such media include, but are not limited to, Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium® (DMEM), DMEM F12 medium®, Eagle's Minimum Essential Medium®, F-12K medium®, Iscove's Modified Dulbecco's Medium®, RPMI- 1640 medium®, and serum- free medium for culture and expansion of hematopoietic cells SFEM®.
- DMEM Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium
- F12 medium Eagle's Minimum Essential Medium®
- F-12K medium Iscove's Modified Dulbecco's Medium
- RPMI- 1640 medium® Iscove's Modified Dulbecco's Medium
- serum- free medium for culture and expansion of hematopoietic cells SFEM®.
- Additional supplements also can be used advantageously to supply the cells with the necessary trace elements for optimal growth and expansion.
- supplements include insulin, transferrin, sodium selenium and combinations thereof. These components can be included in a salt solution such as, but not limited to, Hanks' Balanced Salt Solution® (HBSS), Earle's Salt Solution®, antioxidant supplements, MCDB-201® supplements, phosphate buffered saline (PBS), ascorbic acid and ascorbic acid-2 -phosphate, as well as additional amino acids.
- HBSS Hanks' Balanced Salt Solution
- EBS phosphate buffered saline
- ascorbic acid ascorbic acid-2 -phosphate
- Such amino acids include, but are not limited to, L-alanine, L- arginine, L-aspartic acid, L-asparagine, L-cysteine, L-cysteine, L-glutamic acid, L- glutamine, L-glycine, L- histidine, L-isoleucine, L-leucine, L-lysine, L-methionine, L- phenylalanine, L-proline, L-serine, L-threonine, L-tryptophan, L-tyrosine, and L- valine. It is well within the skill of one in the art to determine the proper
- Hormones also can be advantageously used in the cell cultures of the present invention and include, but are not limited to, D-aldosterone, diethylstilbestrol (DES), dexamethasone, ⁇ -estradiol, hydrocortisone, insulin, prolactin, progesterone, somatostatin/human growth hormone (HGH), thyrotropin, thyroxine and L-thyronine.
- DES diethylstilbestrol
- dexamethasone ⁇ -estradiol
- hydrocortisone insulin
- prolactin prolactin
- progesterone progesterone
- HGH somatostatin/human growth hormone
- thyrotropin thyroxine
- L-thyronine L-thyronine.
- Lipids and lipid carriers also can be used to supplement cell culture media, depending on the type of cell and the fate of the differentiated cell.
- Such lipids and carriers can include, but are not limited to, cyclodextrin ( ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ ), cholesterol, linoleic acid conjugated to albumin, linoleic acid and oleic acid conjugated to albumin, unconjugated linoleic acid, linoleic-oleic-arachidonic acid conjugated to albumin and oleic acid unconjugated and conjugated to albumin, among others.
- Cells may also be cultured in low-serum or serum-free culture medium.
- Serum-free medium used to culture cells is described in, for example, U.S. Patent 7,015,037. Many cells have been grown in serum-free or low-serum medium.
- the transduced cells may be cultured under conditions suitable for their maintenance, growth or proliferation.
- the transduced cells are cultured for about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 days before transplantation.
- the cells Prior to, during and/or following transduction, the cells may be cultured under conditions that promote the expansion of stem cells or progenitor cells. Any method known in the art may be used.
- the cells prior to, during or following transduction, the cells are cultured in the presence of one or more growth factors that promote the expansion of stem cells or progenitor cells. Examples of growth factors that promote the expansion of stem cells or progenitor cells include, but are not limited to, fetal liver tyrosine kinase (Flt3) ligand, stem cell factor, and interleukins 6 and 11 , which have been demonstrated to promote self-renewal of murine
- Flt3 fetal liver tyrosine kinase
- hematopoietic stem cells include Sonic hedgehog, which induces the proliferation of primitive hematopoietic progenitors by activation of bone
- morphogenetic protein 4, Wnt3a which stimulates self-renewal of HSCs, brain derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF), epidermal growth factor (EGF), fibroblast growth factor (FGF), ciliary neurotrophic factor (CNF), transforming growth factor- ⁇ (TGF- ⁇ ), a fibroblast growth factor (FGF, e.g., basic FGF, acidic FGF, FGF- 17, FGF- 4, FGF-5, FGF-6, FGF-8b, FGF-8c, FGF-9), granulocyte colony stimulating factor (GCSF), a platelet derived growth factor (PDGF, e.g., PDGFAA, PDGFAB,
- BDNF brain derived neurotrophic factor
- EGF epidermal growth factor
- FGF fibroblast growth factor
- CNF ciliary neurotrophic factor
- TGF- ⁇ transforming growth factor- ⁇
- FGF e.g., basic FGF, acidic FGF, FGF- 17, FGF- 4, FGF
- PDGFBB granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor
- GMCSF granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor
- SCF stem cell factor
- SCDF stromal cell derived factor
- IGF insulin like growth factor
- TPO thrombopoietin
- IL-3 interleukin-3
- the methods and compositions of the present invention may also be used to transduce and select other cell types, including other types of pluripotent or multipotent stem cells and fragile cells previously not amenable to selection of transduced cells for therapeutic uses.
- Cells used according to the methods of the present invention may be obtained from any animal, preferably a mammal, e.g., a non-human primate or human, and more preferably a human, and they may be transplanted into any animal, preferably a mammal, and more preferably a human.
- a mammal e.g., a non-human primate or human
- a human e.g., a human
- Cells suitable for transduction and administration in the gene therapy methods of the invention include, but are not limited to stem cells, progenitor cells, and differentiated cells.
- stem cells suitable for transduction with the compositions and methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to embryonic stem cells, induced pluripotent stem cells, mesodermal stem cells, endodermal stem cells, and ectodermal stem cells.
- the population or source of cells transduced using the compositions and methods contemplated herein comprises mesenchymal stem and/or progenitor cells, mesodermal stem and/or progenitor cells, endodermal stem and/or progenitor cells, or ectodermal stem and/or progenitor cells.
- the population or source of cells used in the methods contemplated herein comprises bone marrow stem cells, umbilical cord blood stem and/or progenitor cells, bone stem and/or progenitor cells ⁇ muscle stem and/or progenitor cells, hematopoietic stem and/or progenitor cells, fat stem and/or progenitor cells, cartilage stem and/or progenitor cells, neural stem and/or progenitor cells, skin stem and/or progenitor cells, liver stem and/or progenitor cells, pancreas stem and/or progenitor cells, kidney stem and/or progenitor cells, gastric stem and/or progenitor cells, and intestinal stem and/or progenitor cells.
- the population or source of cells transduced using the composition and methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, osteoblasts, chondrocytes, adipocytes, skeletal muscle, cardiac muscle, neurons, glial cells (astrocytes, oligodendrocytes, Schwann cells), retinal cells (rod cells, cone cells), corneal cells, skin cells, monocytes and macrophages, neutrophils, basophils, eosinophils, erythrocytes, megakaryocytes/platelets, dendritic cells, T-cells, B-cells, NK-cells, gastric cells, intestinal cells, smooth muscle cells, vascular cells, bladder cells, pancreatic islet cells (pancreatic alpha cells, pancreatic beta cells, pancreatic delta cells), hepatocytes, renal cells, adrenal cells, and lung cells.
- osteoblasts chondrocytes, adipocytes, skeletal muscle, cardiac muscle, neurons, glial cells (astrocytes, oligo
- stem cells are preferred because they have the ability to differentiate into the appropriate cell types when administered to a particular biological niche, in vivo.
- compositions and methods of the present invention are used to increase the transduction of hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells.
- the present invention also contemplates isolation and transduction of a population of cells.
- population of cells refers to a plurality of cells that may be made up of any number and/or combination of homogenous or heterogeneous cell types, as described elsewhere herein. For example, for
- a population of cells may be isolated or obtained from umbilical cord blood, placental blood, bone marrow, or peripheral blood.
- a population of cells may comprise about 10%, about 20%, about 30%, about 40%, about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, or about 100% of the target cell type to be transduced.
- hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells may be isolated or purified from a population of heterogenous cells using methods known in the art.
- hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells are purified after transduction of a population of cells, and in other aspects, hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells are isolated prior to transduction.
- Cells of the invention may also be cryopreserved prior to transduction or after transduction sing methods known in the art. Once established in culture, cells can be used fresh or frozen and stored as frozen stocks, using, for example, DMEM with 40% FCS and 10% DMSO. Other methods for preparing frozen stocks for cultured cells also are available to those skilled in the art.
- a population of cells comprising stem or progenitor cells is contacted with a retrovirus, e.g., lentivirus, and one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, e.g., a PPAR nuclear receptor ligand or an analog or derivative thereof.
- the population of cells is contacted ex vivo, or in vivo.
- the stem or progenitor cells are hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells.
- the present invention further contemplates cell-based compositions comprising a culture of cells in culture medium comprising a retrovirus and one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling.
- the present compositions and methods are useful for ex vivo and in vivo cell-based gene therapies.
- the cell culture medium is a pharmaceutically acceptable cell culture medium.
- a therapeutic culture, cell culture, culture system, or cell culture compositions comprising a cell-based composition of the present invention can be administered separately by enteral or parenteral administration methods or in combination with other suitable compounds to effect the desired treatment goals, e.g., one or more growth factors.
- a therapeutic culture, cell culture, culture system, or cell culture composition comprising a transduced cell of the present invention is administered systemically by direct injection into a tissue.
- compositions of the invention may comprise a combination of any number of transduced or non-transduced cells or a combination thereof, viral vectors, polypeptides, polynucleotides, that have been contacted with an effective amount of one or more compounds, e.g., compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein, formulated in pharmaceutically acceptable or physiologically acceptable solutions ⁇ e.g., culture medium) for administration to a cell, tissue, organ, or an animal, either alone, or in combination with one or more other modalities of therapy.
- compounds e.g., compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein
- pharmaceutically acceptable or physiologically acceptable solutions e.g., culture medium
- compositions of the invention may comprise a combination of transduced or non-transduced cells or a combination thereof, viral vectors, that have been contacted with an effective amount of one or more compounds, e.g., compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein, formulated in pharmaceutically acceptable or physiologically acceptable solutions ⁇ e.g., culture medium) for administration to a cell, tissue, organ, or an animal, either alone, or in combination with one or more other modalities of therapy.
- compounds e.g., compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein
- pharmaceutically acceptable or physiologically acceptable solutions e.g., culture medium
- compositions of the invention may comprise a combination of viral vectors, that have been contacted with an effective amount of one or more compounds, e.g., compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein, formulated in pharmaceutically acceptable or physiologically acceptable solutions ⁇ e.g., culture medium) for administration and transduction of a cell or tissue in an animal, either alone, or in combination with one or more other modalities of therapy.
- compounds e.g., compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein
- pharmaceutically acceptable or physiologically acceptable solutions e.g., culture medium
- the present invention provides compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of transduced cells, as described herein, formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (additives) and/or diluents ⁇ e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable cell culture medium).
- the transduced cells have been contacted with an effective amount of one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein.
- the present invention provides compositions comprising a retroviral vector and one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein, formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (additives) and/or diluents (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable cell culture medium).
- the present invention provides compositions comprising a population of cells comprising stem or progenitor cells, a retroviral vector and one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein, formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (additives) and/or diluents (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable cell culture medium).
- compositions comprising a population of cells comprising stem or progenitor cells and one or more retroviral vectors, that have been contacted with an effective amount of one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein, formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (additives) and/or diluents (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable cell culture medium).
- the population of cells comprises hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells.
- the present invention further includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising transduced cells produced according to methods described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a retroviral vector, that have been contacted with an effective amount of one or more compounds, e.g., compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein.
- compositions that do not produce an allergic or similar untoward reaction when administered to a human.
- the preparation of an aqueous composition that contains a protein as an active ingredient is well understood in the art.
- such compositions are prepared as injectables, either as liquid solutions or suspensions; solid forms suitable for solution in, or suspension in, liquid prior to injection can also be prepared.
- the preparation can also be emulsified.
- carrier includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, vehicles, coatings, diluents, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, buffers, carrier solutions, suspensions, colloids, and the like.
- the use of such media and agents for pharmaceutical active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active ingredients can also be incorporated into the compositions.
- compositions comprising a carrier are suitable for parenteral administration, e.g., intravascular (intravenous or intraarterial), intraperitoneal or intramuscular administration.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
- sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
- the use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the transduced cells, use thereof in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is contemplated.
- compositions of the invention may comprise one or more polypeptides, polynucleotides, vectors comprising same, and transduced cells, etc., that have been contacted with an effective amount of one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein, formulated in pharmaceutically acceptable or physiologically acceptable solutions for administration to a cell or an animal, either alone, or in combination with one or more other modalities of therapy.
- the compositions of the invention may be administered in combination with other agents as well, such as, e.g., cytokines, growth factors, hormones, small molecules or various pharmaceutically active agents.
- compositions of the invention formulation of pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and carrier solutions is well-known to those of skill in the art, as is the development of suitable dosing and treatment regimens for using the particular compositions described herein in a variety of treatment regimens, including e.g., oral, parenteral, intravenous, intranasal, and intramuscular
- Solutions of the active compounds as free base or pharmacologically acceptable salts may be prepared in water suitably mixed with a surfactant, such as
- Dispersions may also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof and in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms .
- the pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions (US Pat. 5,466,468, specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
- the form should be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It should be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and should be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms, such as bacteria and fungi.
- the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol ⁇ e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, and/or vegetable oils.
- Proper fluidity may be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
- the prevention of the action of microorganisms can be facilitated by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like.
- isotonic agents for example, sugars or sodium chloride.
- Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by the use in the compositions of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
- aqueous solutions for parenteral administration in an aqueous solution, for example, the solution should be suitably buffered if necessary and the liquid diluent first rendered isotonic with sufficient saline or glucose.
- aqueous solutions are especially suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous and intraperitoneal
- a sterile aqueous medium that can be employed will be known to those of skill in the art in light of the present disclosure.
- one dosage may be dissolved in 1 ml of isotonic NaCl solution and either added to 1000 ml of hypodermoclysis fluid or injected at the proposed site of infusion (see, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition.
- Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compounds in the required amount in the appropriate solvent with the various other ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by
- a sterile vehicle which contains the basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
- the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum-drying and freeze-drying techniques which yield a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
- compositions disclosed herein may be formulated in a neutral or salt form.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the acid addition salts (formed with the free amino groups of the protein) and which are formed with inorganic acids such as, for example, hydrochloric or phosphoric acids, or such organic acids as acetic, oxalic, tartaric, mandelic, and the like. Salts formed with the free carboxyl groups can also be derived from inorganic bases such as, for example, sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, or ferric hydroxides, and such organic bases as isopropylamine,
- solutions Upon formulation, solutions will be administered in a manner compatible with the dosage formulation and in such amount as is therapeutically effective.
- the formulations are easily administered in a variety of dosage forms such as injectable solutions, drug-release capsules, and the like.
- compositions may be delivered by intranasal sprays, inhalation, and/or other aerosol delivery vehicles.
- Methods for delivering genes, polynucleotides, and peptide compositions directly to the lungs via nasal aerosol sprays has been described e.g., in US Pat. 5,756,353 and US Pat. 5,804,212 (each specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
- the delivery of drugs using intranasal microparticle resins Takenaga et ah, 1998) and
- lysophosphatidyl-glycerol compounds (US Pat. 5,725,871, specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) are also well-known in the pharmaceutical arts. Likewise, transmucosal drug delivery in the form of a polytetrafluoroetheylene support matrix is described in US Pat. 5,780,045 (specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
- the delivery may occur by use of liposomes, nanocapsules, microparticles, microspheres, lipid particles, vesicles, optionally mixing with CPP polypeptides, and the like, for the introduction of the compositions of the present invention into suitable host cells.
- the compositions of the present invention may be formulated for delivery either encapsulated in a lipid particle, a liposome, a vesicle, a nanosphere, a nanoparticle or the like.
- the formulation and use of such delivery vehicles can be carried out using known and conventional
- compositions of the invention may comprise one or more repressors and/or activators comprised of a combination of any number of polypeptides, polynucleotides, and small molecules, as described herein, formulated in pharmaceutically acceptable or physiologically acceptable solutions ⁇ e.g., culture medium) for administration to a cell or an animal, either alone, or in combination with one or more other modalities of therapy.
- pharmaceutically acceptable or physiologically acceptable solutions ⁇ e.g., culture medium
- the compositions of the invention may be administered in combination with other agents as well, such as, e.g., cells, other proteins or polypeptides or various pharmaceutically active agents.
- the present invention provides formulations or compositions suitable for the delivery of viral vector systems ⁇ i.e., viral-mediated transduction) including, but not limited to, retroviral ⁇ e.g., lentiviral) vectors.
- Exemplary formulations for ex vivo delivery may also include the use of various transfection agents known in the art, such as calcium phosphate,
- Liposomes as described in greater detail below, are lipid bilayers entrapping a fraction of aqueous fluid. DNA spontaneously associates to the external surface of cationic liposomes (by virtue of its charge) and these liposomes will interact with the cell membrane.
- the present invention provides pharmaceutically acceptable compositions which comprise a therapeutically effective amount of one or more polynucleotides or polypeptides, as described herein, formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (additives) and/or diluents ⁇ e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable cell culture medium).
- pharmaceutically acceptable carriers additives
- diluents e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable cell culture medium
- Particular aspects of the invention may comprise other formulations, such as those that are well known in the pharmaceutical art, and are described, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition. Baltimore, MD: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2000.
- compositions of the present invention comprise an effective amount of a composition and optionally comprise one or more adjunctive therapies.
- compositions comprising a cell-based composition and optionally comprising one or more adjunctive therapies can further comprise sterile saline, Ringer's solution, Hanks Balanced Salt Solution (HBSS), or Isolyte S, pH 7.4, serum free cellular media, or another pharmaceutically acceptable medium ⁇ e.g., cell culture medium), as discussed elsewhere herein.
- HBSS Hanks Balanced Salt Solution
- Isolyte S pH 7.4, serum free cellular media, or another pharmaceutically acceptable medium ⁇ e.g., cell culture medium
- a composition comprises a population of cells is treated ⁇ e.g., contacted) with one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, each independently at a final concentration of about 1 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ .
- a population of cells is treated with one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, each independently at a final concentration of about 1 x 10 "14 M to about 1 x 10 "3 M, about 1 x 10 "13 M to about 1 x 10 "4 M, about 1 x 10 ⁇ 12 M to about 1 x 10 "5 M, about 1 x 10 "11 M to about 1 x 10 "4 M, about 1 x 10 "11 M to about 1 x 10 "5 M, about 1 x 10 "10 M to about 1 x 10 "4 M, about 1 x 10 "10 M to about 1 x 10 "5 M, about 1 x 10 ⁇ 9 M to about 1 x 10 "4 M, about 1 x 10 ⁇ 9 M to about 1 x 10 "5 M, about 1
- a population of cells is contacted with one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, each independently at a final concentration of about 1 x 10 "14 M, about 1 x 10 "13 M, about 1 x 10 ⁇ 12 M, about 1 x 10 " 10 M, about 1 x 10 "9 M, about 1 x 10 "8 M, about 1 x 10 ⁇ 7 M to about 1 x 10 "6 M, about 1 x 10 "5 M, about 1 x 10 "4 M, about 1 x 10 "3 M, or any intervening final concentration.
- the compounds can be at different concentrations from each other or at the same concentration.
- a population of cells is contacted with one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, and optionally a gene delivery vector, at a temperature above 0°C; for example, at least about 5°C; at least about 10°C; at least about 15°C; at least about 20°C; at least about 25°C; at least about 30°C; at least about 35°C; or at least about 37°C.
- a population of cells is contacted with one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, and optionally a gene delivery vector, in a culture containing albumin or serum, the albumin or serum being present in a concentration of at least about 1 x 10 "14 M, about 1 x 10 "13 M, about 1 x 10 "12 M, about 1 x 10 "10 M, about 1 x 10 "9 M, about 1 x 10 "8 M, about 1 x 10 "7 M to about 1 x 10 "6 M, about 1 x 10 "5 M, about 1 x 10 "4 M, about 1 x 10 "3 M or any intervening final concentration.
- compositions may be administered 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 or more times over a span of 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 1 month, 2 months, 3 months, 4 months, 5 months, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, 5, years, 10 years, or more.
- compositions of the present invention may be administered, multiples times, for extended periods of time, as noted above.
- administration of the transduced cells and/or one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling can be by the same route or by different routes as discussed elsewhere herein. Administration of the transduced cells that have been contacted with one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling can also be performed at different sites using the same or different administration route of administration. Further, administration of the transduced cells and/or one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling can be made at the same site by the same route, at the same time, or at different times.
- a viral vector of the invention comprises a hematopoietic expression control sequence that expresses a therapeutic transgene encoding a polypeptide that provides curative, preventative, or ameliorative benefits to a subject diagnosed with or that is suspected of having monogenic disease, disorder, or condition or a disease, disorder, or condition that is amenable to hematopoietic stem cell therapy.
- the invention provides transduced cells with the potential to develop into brain microglial cells.
- hematopoietic stem cells are transduced with a vector of the invention and administered to an individual in need of therapy for an adrenoleukodystrophy or
- Hematopoietic stem cells are the origin of brain microglial cells and thus, are preferred.
- transduced hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells comprise viral vectors having a hematopoietic expression control sequence that expresses a therapeutic transgene encoding a polypeptide that provides curative, preventative, or ameliorative benefits to a subject diagnosed with or that is suspected of having monogenic disease, disorder, or condition or a disease, disorder, or condition of the hematopoietic system.
- a composition comprising a virus, e.g., lentivirus, and/or one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling can infect and transduce cells at increased efficiencies in vivo, ex vivo, or in vitro, compared to cells transduced with vector alone.
- the transduced cells can then be administered to a subject in need of therapy.
- the present invention contemplates that the vector, viral particles, and transduced cells of the invention are be used to treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate a monogenic disease, disorder, or condition or a disease, disorder, or condition of the hematopoietic system in a subject, e.g., a hemoglobinopathy.
- hematopoiesis refers to the formation and development of blood cells from progenitor cells as well as formation of progenitor cells from stem cells.
- Blood cells include but are not limited to erythrocytes or red blood cells (RBCs), reticulocytes, monocytes, neutrophils, megakaryocytes, eosinophils, basophils, B-cells, macrophages, granulocytes, mast cells, thrombocytes, and leukocytes.
- Hematopoietic stem cells and/or hematopoietic progenitor cells can be transplanted to regenerate hematopoietic cells in an individual having a disease or disorder of the hematopoietic system.
- diseases can include, but are not limited to, conditions such as cancers ⁇ e.g., leukemia, lymphoma), as well as
- hemoglobinopathies or hemoglobinopathic conditions including blood disorders ⁇ e.g., inherited anemia, inborn errors of metabolism, aplastic anemia, beta-thalassemia, Blackfan-Diamond syndrome, globoid cell leukodystrophy, sickle cell anemia, severe combined immunodeficiency, X-linked lymphoproliferative syndrome, Wiskott- Aldrich syndrome, Hunter's syndrome, Hurler's syndrome Lesch Nyhan syndrome, osteopetrosis), chemotherapy rescue of the immune system, and other diseases (e.g., autoimmune diseases, diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, system lupus erythromatosis).
- blood disorders ⁇ e.g., inherited anemia, inborn errors of metabolism, aplastic anemia, beta-thalassemia, Blackfan-Diamond syndrome, globoid cell leukodystrophy, sickle cell anemia, severe combined immunodeficiency, X-linked lymphoproliferative syndrome, Wiskott- Al
- hemoglobinopathy or "hemoglobinopathic condition” includes any disorder involving the presence of an abnormal hemoglobin molecule in the blood.
- hemoglobinopathies included, but are not limited to, hemoglobin C disease, hemoglobin sickle cell disease (SCD), sickle cell anemia, and thalassemias. Also included are hemoglobinopathies in which a combination of abnormal hemoglobins are present in the blood (e.g., sickle cell/Hb-C disease).
- sickle cell anemia or “sickle cell disease” is defined herein to include any symptomatic anemic condition which results from sickling of red blood cells. Manifestations of sickle cell disease include: anemia; pain; and/or organ dysfunction, such as renal failure, retinopathy, acute-chest syndrome, ischemia, priapism and stroke. As used herein the term “sickle cell disease” refers to a variety of clinical problems attendant upon sickle cell anemia, especially in those subjects who are homozygotes for the sickle cell substitution in HbS.
- sickle cell disease Among the constitutional manifestations referred to herein by use of the term of sickle cell disease are delay of growth and development, an increased tendency to develop serious infections, particularly due to pneumococcus, marked impairment of splenic function, preventing effective clearance of circulating bacteria, with recurrent infarcts and eventual destruction of splenic tissue. Also included in the term “sickle cell disease” are acute episodes of musculoskeletal pain, which affect primarily the lumbar spine, abdomen, and femoral shaft, and which are similar in mechanism and in severity to the bends. In adults, such attacks commonly manifest as mild or moderate bouts of short duration every few weeks or months interspersed with agonizing attacks lasting 5 to 7 days that strike on average about once a year.
- thalassemia encompasses hereditary anemias that occur due to mutations affecting the synthesis of hemoglobin.
- the term includes any symptomatic anemia resulting from thalassemic conditions such as severe or ⁇ thalassemia, thalassemia major, thalassemia intermedia, a thalassemias such as hemoglobin H disease.
- thalassemia refers to a hereditary disorder characterized by defective production of hemoglobin.
- thalassemias include a and ⁇ thalassemia, ⁇ thalassemias are caused by a mutation in the beta globin chain, and can occur in a major or minor form.
- ⁇ thalassemia children are normal at birth, but develop anemia during the first year of life.
- the minor form of ⁇ thalassemia produces small red blood cells. Thalassemia minor occurs if you receive the defective gene from only one parent. Persons with this form of the disorder are carriers of the disease and usually do not have symptoms.
- a thalassemia typically results from deletions involving the HBA1 and HBA2 genes. Both of these genes encode a-globin, which is a component (subunit) of hemoglobin. There are two copies of the HBA1 gene and two copies of the HBA2 gene in each cellular genome. As a result, there are four alleles that produce a-globin. The different types of a thalassemia result from the loss of some or all of these alleles. Hb Bart syndrome, the most severe form of a thalassemia, results from the loss of all four ⁇ -globin alleles. HbH disease is caused by a loss of three of the four a-globin alleles.
- Hb Bart hemoglobin Bart
- HbH hemoglobin H
- gene therapy methods of the invention are used to treat, prevent, or ameliorate a hemoglobinopathy is selected from the group consisting of: hemoglobin C disease, hemoglobin sickle cell disease (SCD), sickle cell anemia, hereditary anemia, thalassemia, ⁇ -thalassemia, thalassemia major, thalassemia intermedia, a-thalassemia, and hemoglobin H disease.
- hemoglobin C disease hemoglobin sickle cell disease
- SCD hemoglobin sickle cell disease
- SCD hemoglobin sickle cell disease
- sickle cell anemia hereditary anemia
- thalassemia ⁇ -thalassemia
- thalassemia major thalassemia intermedia
- a-thalassemia thalassemia
- hemoglobin H disease hemoglobin H disease
- the retroviral vectors are administered by direct injection to a cell, tissue, or organ of a subject in need of gene therapy, in vivo.
- cells are transduced in vitro or ex vivo with vectors of the invention, and optionally expanded ex vivo. The transduced cells are then administered to a subject in need of gene therapy.
- Cells suitable for transduction and administration in the gene therapy methods of the invention include, but are not limited to stem cells, progenitor cells, and differentiated cells as described elsewhere herein.
- the transduced cells are embryonic stem cells, induced pluripotent stem cells, bone marrow stem cells, umbilical cord stem cells, placental stem cells, mesenchymal stem cells, neural stem cells, liver stem cells, pancreatic stem cells, pancreatic endoderm, cardiac stem cells, kidney stem cells, hematopoietic stem cells as described elsewhere herein.
- the transduced cells are hematopoietic stem and/or progenitor cells isolated from bone marrow, umbilical cord blood, or peripheral circulation.
- the transduced cells are hematopoietic stem cells isolated from bone marrow, umbilical cord blood, or peripheral circulation.
- HSCs may be identified according to certain phenotypic or genotypic markers. For example, HSCs may be identified by their small size, lack of lineage (lin) markers, low staining (side population) with vital dyes such as rhodamine 123 (rhodamineDULL, also called rholo) or Hoechst 33342, and presence of various antigenic markers on their surface, many of which belong to the cluster of
- HSCs are mainly negative for the markers that are typically used to detect lineage commitment, and, thus, are often referred to as Lin(-) cells.
- human HSCs may be characterized as CD34+, CD59+,
- CD34+ and Lin(-) cells also include hematopoietic progenitor cells.
- the hematopoietic hierarchy is determined by a SLAM code.
- the SLAM (Signaling lymphocyte activation molecule) family is a group of >10 molecules whose genes are located mostly tandemly in a single locus on chromosome 1 (mouse), all belonging to a subset of immunoglobulin gene superfamily, and originally thought to be involved in T-cell stimulation.
- This family includes CD48, CD150, CD244, etc., CD150 being the founding member, and, thus, also called slamFl, i.e., SLAM family member 1.
- HSC hematopoietic stem cells
- MPP multipotent progenitor cells
- LRP lineage-restricted progenitor cells
- CMP common myeloid progenitor
- GMP granulocyte-macrophage progenitor
- GMP megakaryocyte-erythroid progenitor
- MEP megakaryocyte-erythroid progenitor
- mice In mice, Irving Weissman's group at Stanford University was the first to isolate mouse hematopoietic stem cells in 1988 and was also the first to work out the markers to distinguish the mouse hematopoietic hierarchy.
- the markers for the hematopoietic hierarchy is long-term hematopoietic stem cells (LT-HSC) - CD34-, SCA-1+ , Thyl . l+/lo, C-kit+, lin-, CD135-, Slamfl/CD150+; short-term hematopoietic stem cells (LT-HSC) - CD34-, SCA-1+ , Thyl . l+/lo, C-kit+, lin-, CD135-, Slamfl/CD150+; short-term
- ST-HSC hematopoietic stem cells
- the hematopoietic cells are CD105+ Scal+ cells.
- the hematopoietic stem cells are further separated into subsets, for example, by flow cytometry.
- Suitable subsets of hematopoietic stem cells include (CD34+ CD38-) cells; common myeloid progenitor cells; GM progenitor cells, Meg - Erythroid progenitor cells, long term HSCs, and short term HSCs. See, Doulatov et al, Cell Stem Cell, 10: 120-136 (2012), the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein.
- Cells of the invention can be autologous/autogeneic ("self) or non-autologous ("non-self,” e.g., allogeneic, syngeneic or xenogeneic).
- Autologous refers to cells from the same subject.
- Allogeneic refers to cells of the same species that differ genetically to the cell in comparison.
- Syngeneic refers to cells of a different subject that are genetically identical to the cell in comparison.
- Xenogeneic refers to cells of a different species to the cell in comparison. In preferred aspects, the cells of the invention are allogeneic.
- a "subject,” as used herein, includes any animal that exhibits a symptom of a monogenic disease, disorder, or condition that can be treated with the gene therapy vectors, cell-based therapeutics, and methods disclosed elsewhere herein.
- a subject includes any animal that exhibits symptoms of a disease, disorder, or condition of the hematopoietic system, e.g., a hemoglobinopathy, that can be treated with the gene therapy vectors, cell-based therapeutics, and methods disclosed elsewhere herein.
- Suitable subjects ⁇ e.g., patients) include laboratory animals (such as mouse, rat, rabbit, or guinea pig), farm animals, and domestic animals or pets (such as a cat or dog).
- Non-human primates and, preferably, human patients, are included.
- Typical subjects include animals that exhibit aberrant amounts (lower or higher amounts than a "normal” or "healthy” subject) of one or more physiological activities that can be modulated by gene therapy.
- treatment includes any beneficial or desirable effect on the symptoms or pathology of a disease or pathological condition, and may include even minimal reductions in one or more measurable markers of the disease or condition being treated. Treatment can involve optionally either the reduction or amelioration of symptoms of the disease or condition, or the delaying of the progression of the disease or condition. “Treatment” does not necessarily indicate complete eradication or cure of the disease or condition, or associated symptoms thereof.
- preventing etc., indicate an approach for preventing, inhibiting, or reducing the likelihood of the occurrence or recurrence of, a disease or condition. It also refers to delaying the onset or recurrence of a disease or condition or delaying the occurrence or recurrence of the symptoms of a disease or condition. As used herein, "prevention” and similar words also includes reducing the intensity, effect, symptoms and/or burden of a disease or condition prior to onset or recurrence of the disease or condition.
- the term “amount” refers to "an amount effective” or “an effective amount” of a virus or transduced therapeutic cell to achieve a beneficial or desired prophylactic or therapeutic result, including clinical results.
- An "effective amount" of one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein, can be determined empirically using one or more assays to measure the characteristics of the cell population to be used. For example, homing and/or engraftment of hematopoietic stem cells can be determined by measuring white blood cell counts in peripheral blood during a post-transplant period. Alternatively, engraftment can be assessed by measuring recovery of marrow cells in a bone marrow aspirate sample. Transduction efficiency can be determined by methods as exemplified in the Examples that follow in this specification. Effective amounts will provide a statistically significant increase in the homing, engraftment or transduction efficiency. Effective amounts include the ranges appearing in Table 1.
- a “prophylactically effective amount” refers to an amount of a virus or transduced therapeutic cell effective to achieve the desired prophylactic result.
- the prophylactically effective amount is less than the therapeutically effective amount.
- a “therapeutically effective amount” of a virus or transduced therapeutic cell may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the individual, and the ability of the stem and progenitor cells to elicit a desired response in the individual.
- a therapeutically effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental effects of the virus or transduced therapeutic cells are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects.
- the term “therapeutically effective amount” includes an amount that is effective to "treat" a subject (e.g., a patient).
- an important advantage provided by the vectors, compositions, and methods of the present invention is the high efficacy of gene therapy that can be achieved by administering populations of cells comprising high percentages of transduced cells compared to existing methods.
- transduced cells may be administered as part of a bone marrow or cord blood transplant in an individual that has or has not undergone bone marrow ablative therapy.
- transduced cells of the invention are administered in a bone marrow transplant to an individual that has undergone chemoablative or radioablative bone marrow therapy.
- a dose of transduced cells is delivered to a subject
- transduced hematopoietic stem cells are intravenously administered to a subject.
- the effective amount of transduced cells provided to a subject is less than 1 x 10 12 cells per 100 kg, less than 1 x 10 11 cells per 100 kg, less than 1 x 10 10 cells per 100 kg, less than 1 x 10 9 cells per 100 kg, less than 1 x 10 8 cells per 100 kg, less than 1 x 10 7 cells per 100 kg, less than 5 x 10 6 cells per 100 kg, less than 4 x 10 6 cells per 100 kg, less than 3 x 10 6 cells per 100 kg, less than 2 x 10 6 cells per 100 kg, less than 1 x 10 6 cells per 100 kg, less than 5 x 10 5 cells per 100 kg, less than 4 x 10 5 cells per 100 kg, less than 3 x 10 5 cells per 100 kg, less than 2 x 10 5 cells per 100 kg, less than 1 x 10 5 cells per 100 kg, less than 5 x 10 4 cells per 100 kg, or less than 1 x 10 4 cells per 100 kg of the subject's bodyweight.
- the effective amount of transduced cells provided to a subject is about 1 x 10 12 cells per 100 kg, about 1 x 10 11 cells per 100 kg, about 1 x 10 10 cells per 100 kg, about 1 x 10 9 cells per 100 kg, about 1 x 10 8 cells per 100 kg, about 1 x 10 7 cells per 100 kg, about 5 x 10 6 cells per 100 kg, about 4 x 10 6 cells per 100 kg, about 3 x 10 6 cells per 100 kg, about 2 x 10 6 cells per 100 kg, about 1 x 10 6 cells per 100 kg, about 5 x 10 5 cells per 100 kg, about 4 x 10 5 cells per 100 kg, about 3 x 10 5 cells per 100 kg, about 2 x 10 5 cells per 100 kg, about 1 x 10 5 cells per 100 kg, about 5 x 10 4 cells per 100 kg, or about 1 x 10 4 cells per 100 kg.
- the effective amount of transduced cells provided to a subject is from about 1 x 10 1 cells per 100 kg to about 1 x 10 12 cells per 100 kg, from about 1 x 10 2 cells per 100 kg to about 1 x 10 11 cells per 100 kg, from about 1 x 10 3 cells per 100 kg to about 1 x 10 10 cells per 100 kg, from about 1 x 10 4 cells per 100 kg to about 1 x 10 9 cells per 100 kg, from about 1 x 10 5 cells per 100 kg to about 1 x 10 8 cells per 100 kg, from about 1 x 10 6 cells per 100 kg to about 1 x 10 7 cells per 100 kg, or any intervening ranges of cells per 100 kg.
- the methods of the invention provide more robust and safer gene therapy than existing methods and comprise administering a population or dose of cells comprising about 5% transduced cells, about 10% transduced cells, about 15%o transduced cells, about 20%> transduced cells, about 25% transduced cells, about 30%o transduced cells, about 35% transduced cells, about 40%> transduced cells, about 45%o transduced cells, about 50%> transduced cells, about 55% transduced cells, about 60%) transduced cells, about 65%> transduced cells, about 70%> transduced cells, about 75%o transduced cells, about 80%> transduced cells, about 85% transduced cells, about 90%) transduced cells, about 95% transduced cells, about 98% transduced cells, or about 100%) transduced cells, to a subject.
- the vectors, compositions, and methods of the present invention offer improved methods of gene therapy using ex vivo gene therapy and autologous transplantation.
- the invention provides transduced cells, such as a stem cell, e.g., hematopoietic stem cell.
- hematopoietic stem cells are transduced with a vector of the invention and
- hematopoietic stem cells are transduced with a vector of the invention and administered to an individual in need of therapy for an
- adrenoleukodystrophy or an adrenomyeloneuropathy.
- the invention provides improved viral vector systems optimized to express high levels of one or more therapeutic proteins in erythroid cells or erythroid precursor cells.
- Retroviral vectors, including lentiviral vectors, of the invention further comprise a polynucleotide-of-interest, including, for example, a globin gene or a gene which encodes an antisickling protein.
- the globin gene expressed in the retroviral vector of the invention is ⁇ -globin, ⁇ -globin, or ⁇ - globin.
- the human ⁇ -globin gene is the wild type human ⁇ -globin gene or human p A -globin gene.
- the human ⁇ -globin gene comprises one or more deletions of intron sequences or is a mutated human ⁇ -globin gene encoding at least one antisickling amino acid residue.
- Antisickling amino acids can be derived from human ⁇ -globin or human ⁇ -globin.
- the mutated human ⁇ -globin gene encodes a threonine to glutamine mutation at codon 87 ( ⁇ - T87Q).
- Retroviral vectors, including lentiviral vectors, of the invention can be used in gene therapy, including for the treatment of hemoglobinopathies.
- the invention provides methods for using the foregoing vectors to achieve stable, high levels of gene expression in erythroid cells, e.g., in order to treat erythroid-specific diseases.
- the gene therapy vectors are used to treat hemoglobinopathies, including, for example, sickle cell disease (SCD).
- the gene therapy vectors are used for treatment of thalassemias, including, but not limited to, ⁇ -thalassemia.
- hematopoietic stem cells are transduced with vectors of the invention comprising an ABCD1 gene for treatment of
- adrenoleukodystropies and/or adrenomyeloneuropathies are adrenoleukodystropies and/or adrenomyeloneuropathies.
- AUCells CD34+ cells
- SCGM Stem Cell Growth Media
- Cells are resuspended to the desired cell concentration in SCGM + lx cytokines (100 ng/mL SCF, 100 ng/niL TPO, 100 ng/niL FltL, and 30 ng/niL IL-3), and plated on a sterile non-adherent surface at 37°C in a standard humidified tissue culture incubator (5% C02).
- Cells may be contacted with PPAR agonists at this time.
- cells may be contacted with PPAR agonists during any subsequent time during a prestimulation period prior to contacting cells with a gene therapy vector.
- a screen for improved viral transduction of CD34 + cells is conducted using varying concentrations of soluble compounds from a number of classes, as shown in Table 1 below. The results of the screen are recorded, and threshold effective amounts of PPAR compounds are determined as exemplified in Figure 1.
- Pre-stimulated cells are counted after 18-48 hours of culture. 3E5 cells are collected and spun for 5 minutes at 1500 RPM. Cells are resuspended in 752.5 uL SCGM, 100 uL lOx cytokines (1000 ng/niL SCF, 1000 ng/mL TPO, 1000 ng/mL FltL, and 300 ng/mL IL-3), 13 uL protamine sulfate, and 37.5 uL viral supernatant. 90 uL cell/virus suspension (about 30,000 cells) is added to ten wells of a standard non-adherent 96-well plate.
- Washed cells are resuspended in 200 uL SCGM + lx cytokines (as described in Example 1) and transferred to a standard 12-well non-adherent tissue culture plate containing an additional 800 uL SCGM + lx cytokines. Cells are maintained for an additional 6 days in a standard humidified tissue culture incubator (5% C02) and then subjected Vector Copy Number analysis (Example 5) and FACS analysis. For FACS analysis, cells are assayed for the presence of a virally-encoded transgene, green fluorescent protein (GFP). The frequency of the virally-labeled cells within the pool of cultured cells is quantified as the frequency of GFP+ cells within the population. The mean fluorescence intensity of labeled cells is quantified. Results for the 7-Day Liquid Culture Assay with varying concentrations of PPAR agonists are shown in Table 3.
- Washed cells are resuspended in 200 uL SCGM and then transferred to 3 mL aliquots of cytokine-supplemented methylcellulose (for example, Methocult M4434 Classic). 1.5 mL is then transferred to parallel 35-mm tissue culture dishes using a blunt 16-gauge needle. Dishes are maintained in a standard humidified tissue culture incubator for 14-16 days and colonies are scored for size, morphology, and cellular composition. Individual colonies are then picked for subsequent Vector Copy Number analysis (Example 5) or the contents of an entire 35-mm dish are pooled and then subject to Vector Copy Number analysis (Example 5).
- cytokine-supplemented methylcellulose for example, Methocult M4434 Classic
- LTC-I Long Term Culture-Initiating Cells
- Cells are resuspended in 200 uL SCGM, counted, and then transferred to pre- plated MS-5 stromal layer at various dilutions (2000; 1000; 500; 250; 125; 62; 31; 16 cells per well in 200 ⁇ of StemSpan SFEM (StemCell Technologies, cat#09650), supplemented with Peni-Strepto 100U/mL-100 ⁇ g/mL) and 24 replicates per dilution. At weekly intervals ⁇ is replaced by ⁇ of fresh media. At 5 weeks, the cultures are harvested.
- ⁇ are discarded, cells are flushed with the ⁇ remaining and the well is rinsed with 50 ⁇ of fresh media, and the whole contents are seeded in MethocultTM H4434; 150 ⁇ of cell suspension are homogenized with 600 ⁇ of Methocult H4434 and plated in one well of a 12 well-plate for 14 days. Colonies were then counted. The number of wells containing at least one colony (>40 cells) and the total number of wells analyzed for each dilution are used to calculate the frequency of LTC-ICs and the 95% confidence interval using the L-calc software (Stem Cell Technologies). 100 colonies from each treatment group are picked into 100 different wells and individually scored for the presence of the vector. 100 colonies from each treatment group are pooled, genomic DNA is extracted and the mean Vector Copy Number is assessed by qPCR (Example 5).
- NSG mice NOD/SCID Gamma mice
- PBS phosphate-buffered saline
- mice are housed in a pathogen-free environment per standard IACUC animal care guidelines.
- human donor-derived contribution to peripheral blood is quantified by collecting from the mouse via standard protocols. Briefly, red cells are pelleted with 2% Dextran and then the supernatant is further cleared through treatment with red cell lysis buffer.
- Mononuclear cells are then stained with fluorophore-conjugated antibodies as described by Majeti, et ah, Cell Stem Cell 1 :635-645 (2007), and analyzed by flow cytometry on an LSR-II (Becton Dickinson).
- dl5-PGJ2 changes the integration site preference of lentiviral vector
- bone marrow samples from mice transplanted with dl5-PGJ2 -treated and mock-treated virally transduced human hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells are subjected to linear amplification-mediated PCR (Cartier, Science 326:818-823 (2009)).
- 1-1000 ng of DNA serves as template for linear PCR using retroviral LTR-specific biotinylated primers.
- Linear PCR products are separated with paramagnetic beads. Further second strand DNA synthesis, restriction digest
- LAM-PCR amplicons are further prepared for 454 pyrosequencing (GS Fix; Roche Diagnostics) by performing an additional exponential PCR to add the GS Fix specific amplification and sequencing primers A and B to both ends of the LAM-PCR amplicons.
- GS Fix Roche Diagnostics
- Primer design is done as suggested by the manufacturer.
- a recognition sequence of 6 bases is incorporated to primer A to simultaneously analyze different samples in a single sequencing run. 40ng of purified LAM-PCR products were used.
- PCR conditions are as follows: initial denaturation for 120 s at 95 °C; 12 cycles at 95 °C, for 45 s, 60 °C for 45 s and 72 °C for 60 s; final elongation 300 s at 72 °C.
- LAM- PCR amplicon sequences are trimmed and aligned using BLAST.
- Chemotaxis to SDF-1 is determined using a 2-chamber Costar Transwell (6.5- mm diameter, 5-um pore; Cambridge, MA) as described in Fukuda et ah, Exper. Hematol. 34: 1041-51 (2006). Briefly, PPAR- and vehicle-treated Lin " bone marrow cells are cultured in RPMI/10% HI-FBS overnight to allow for up-regulation of CXCR4, washed, resuspended at 2 x 10 6 cells/mL in RPMI/0.5% BSA (0.1 mL was added to the top chamber of the transwells, with or without rmSDF-1 [R&D Systems] in the bottom and/or top chamber), and incubated for 4 hours at 37°C.
- Percentage migration is calculated by dividing total cells migrated to the lower well by the cell input multiplied by 100.
- SKL cell migration is determined by comparison of the proportion of SKL cells in input and migrated populations.
- CD34 + cells are MACS selected and migration assays performed as described in Hoggatt et al, Blood, 113:5443-5455 (2009), using rhSDF-la (R&D Systems).
- genomic DNA is isolated from cells through standard protocols (for example, through DNEasy columns from Qiagen). Genomic DNA is subjected to quantitative real-time polymerase chain reaction (qRT-PCR) with TaqMan probes for viral LTR and human beta-actin. The Ct values for viral signal and beta-actin signal are normalized to a standardized control, and the number of viral copies per copy of beta actin are calculated. The resultant calculation is reported as mean vector copy number (VCN). Table 3.
- Mobilized peripheral blood is to be collected by apheresis from patients with informed consent and in accordance with approved institutional review board (IRB) protocols
- a Ficoll gradient will be used to remove erythrocytes, and CD34-enriched cells obtained following CD34+ selection using the Miltenyi CliniMACS system (Miltenyi Biotec).
- Cells are to be pre-stimulated with human SCF, FltL, TPO, and IL3 at a concentration of approximately 4E6 cells/mL for 18-24 hours.
- Lentiglobin GTP harboring a human P-globinA-T87Q gene, at a multiplicity of infection of 25 for 18-24 hours in the presence of SCF, FltL, TPO, IL3, protamine sulfate, and 15d-PGJ2.
- SCF SCF
- FltL TPO
- IL3 protamine sulfate
- 15d-PGJ2 15d-PGJ2.
- a portion of cells are removed for release testing, and the remainder cryopreserved and stored at -80°C.
- transduced cells for an individual are then subjected to 7-Day culture and VCN analysis (Example 1) to verify 0.5 to 3 copies per cell average, as well as >50% transduction efficiency.
- busulfan and cyclophosphamide Upon successful release testing, patients will undergo treatment with busulfan and cyclophosphamide.
- the dose of autologous CD34+ cells is then administered intravenously to the subject in a single intravenous dose of >3E6 CD34+ cells/kg.
- Patients are followed daily in the transplant unit for adverse events and laboratory parameters to monitor bone marrow engraftment. Once engraftment occurs and patients are stable, they are discharged from the hospital and followed monthly for 6 months and at least every 3 months for a total of 24 months. Evaluations will include routine hematology and chemistry safety laboratory assessment and special hematologic testing, bone marrow examination, collection of adverse events and concomitant medications, and evaluation of specific disease- specific hematologic and clinical parameters.
- the primary endpoints are safety and tolerability of the Lentiglobin-transduced cell infusion and time to engraftment of the autologous, manipulated CD34+ cells. Additional endpoints include biological and biochemical measures of the presence of the transduced gene and gene product in hematopoietic and blood cells, transfusion requirements, and the number of hospitalizations and clinical events occurring at various time periods during the course of the 2-year follow-up period. All patients will be followed at least yearly for a total of 15 years post-transplant for serious adverse events, RCL testing, and banking of blood cells for insertional mutagenesis testing in the event that a malignancy develops.
- Mobilized peripheral blood is to be collected by apheresis from patients with informed consent and in accordance with approved institutional review board (IRB) protocols.
- a Ficoll gradient will be used to remove erythrocytes, and CD34-enriched cells obtained following CD34+ selection using the Miltenyi CliniMACS system (Miltenyi Biotec).
- Cells are to be pre-stimulated with human SCF, FltL, TPO, and IL3 at a concentration of approximately 4E6 cells/mL for 18-24 hours.
- Cells are then transduced with Lenti-D GTP, harboring a human ABCD1 gene, at a multiplicity of infection of 25 for 18-24 hours in the presence of SCF, FltL, TPO, IL3, protamine sulfate, and 15d-PGJ2. Following transduction, a portion of cells are removed for release testing, and the remainder cryopreserved and stored at -80°C. As part of release testing, transduced cells for an individual are then subjected to 7-Day culture and VCN analysis (Example 1) to verify 0.5 to 3 copies per cell average, as well as >50% transduction efficiency. Upon successful release testing, patients will undergo treatment with busulfan and cyclophosphamide.
- the dose of autologous CD34+ cells is then administered intravenously to the subject in a single intravenous dose of >3E6 CD34+ cells/kg.
- Patients are followed daily in the transplant unit for adverse events and laboratory parameters to monitor bone marrow engraftment. Once engraftment occurs and patients are stable, they are discharged from the hospital and followed monthly for 6 months and at least every 3 months for a total of 24 months.
- Evaluations will include routine hematology and chemistry safety laboratory assessment and special hematologic testing, bone marrow examination, collection of adverse events and concomitant medications, and evaluation of specific disease- specific hematologic and clinical parameters.
- the primary endpoints are safety and tolerability of the Lenti-D-transduced cell infusion and time to engraftment of the autologous, manipulated CD34+ cells. Additional endpoints include biological and biochemical measures of the presence of the transduced gene and gene product in hematopoietic and blood cells, brain MRI and cognitive studies, and the number of hospitalizations and clinical events occurring at various time periods during the course of the 2-year follow-up period. All patients will be followed at least yearly for a total of 15 years post-transplant for serious adverse events, RCL testing, and banking of blood cells for insertional mutagenesis testing in the event that a malignancy develops.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- High Energy & Nuclear Physics (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Plant Pathology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Material From Animals Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
Abstract
The present disclosure provides methods and compositions for improving the efficiency of cell therapy and gene delivery to cells employing compounds that modulate the peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PP AR) signaling pathway. More particularly, methods and materials for useful for safely and reliably improving the efficiency of methods for homing or engraftment of cells, such as human hernatopoietic.stem cells (HSC), and for improving the efficiency of transducing such cells with viruses and/or viral vectors are provided. The compositions and methods are useful for therapeutic indications amenable to treatment with cell therapies and gene therapies.
Description
SOLUBLE COMPOUNDS FOR IMPROVED GENE THERAPY METHODS
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 61/673,664, filed July 19, 2012, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes.
BACKGROUND Technical Field
The present invention generally relates to improving the efficacy of methods of gene therapy, and for the viral transduction of cells. More particularly, the present invention provides methods and materials useful for improving methods for culturing and expanding cells, such as human hematopoietic stem cells (HSC), and for improving the efficiency of methods of gene delivery, such as transducing cells with viruses and/or viral vectors that may be useful for therapeutic indications.
Description of the Related Art
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has not yet approved any human gene therapy product for sale. Recently, however, several groups have achieved moderate success in clinical trials using gene therapy to combat several diseases. In 2008, researchers from the UCL Institute of Ophthalmology and Moorfields Eye Hospital NIHR Biomedical Research Centre in the United Kingdom announced a successful gene therapy clinical trial for treatment of Leber's congenital amaurosis, a type of inherited blindness. The results showed that the experimental treatment is safe and can improve sight (Maguire et al, N EnglJ Med. 358(21):2240 (2008)).
In 2011, Neurologix, Inc. announced positive results in a Phase 2 trial of its investigational gene therapy for advanced Parkinson's disease (PD), NLX-P101. Study participants who received NLX-P101 experienced statistically significant and clinically meaningful improvements in off-medication motor scores compared to control subjects who received sham surgery. In the trial, this benefit was seen at one month and continued virtually unchanged throughout the six month blinded study period. The results also demonstrated a positive safety profile for NLX-P101, with no
reported serious adverse events related to the gene therapy or surgical procedure. Patients enrolled in the trial had moderate to advanced PD and were not adequately responsive to current therapies.
In 2009, a group of scientists in France reported using hematopoietic stem cell-mediated gene therapy to successfully treat X-linked adrenoleukodystrophy (ALD). Autologous stem cells were removed from the patients, genetically corrected ex vivo and then re-infused into the patients after they had received myeloablative treatment. Over a span of 24 to 30 months of follow-up, polyclonal reconstitution, with 9 to 14% of granulocytes, monocytes, and T and B lymphocytes expressing the ALD protein was detected. These results strongly suggest that hematopoietic stem cells were transduced in the patients. Beginning 14 to 16 months after infusion of the genetically corrected cells, progressive cerebral demyelination in the two patients stopped.
Recent progress in the field of gene therapy has further raised the hope that patients afflicted with hemoglobinopathies such as β thalassemia and sickle cell anemia will benefit from novel therapeutic approaches. Transplantation of hematopoietic cells (HCs) modified with lentiviral vectors carrying the β-globin gene has resulted in long-term correction of several mouse models of hemoglobin disorders Imren et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2002;99(22):14380-14385; Malik et al., Ann NYAcad Sci. 2005;1054:238-249; May et al, Nature. 2000;406(6791):82-86;
Pawliuk et al, Science. 2001;294(5550): 2368-2371), but in contrast, has led to transfusion independency in only one β thalassemic patient (Cavazzana-Calvo et al., Nature. 2010;467(7313):318-322).
Although the main advantages of infusing genetically modified autologous cells are to avoid the risks of GVHD and immunosuppressive pretransplant conditioning as well as to address the lack of compatible donors, current therapy faces at least three substantive caveats: the requirement for toxic myeloablation (Dunbar et al,. Hum Gene Ther. 1998;9(17):2629-2640); current gene transfer methods are unable to transduce more than a fraction of hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) (Santoni de Sio and Naldini, Methods Mol Biol. 2009;506:59-70); and various in vivo selection strategies available suffer from suboptimal efficacy and safety (Beard et al., J Clin
Invest. 2010;120(7):2345-2354; Cornetta et al, Cancer Gene Ther. 2006;13(9):886- 895; Milsom et al, Cancer Res. 2008;68(15): 6171-6180). For example, in disorders amenable to hematopoietic stem cell therapy, e.g., sickle cell disease, β-thalassemia, adrenoleukodystrophy, and adrenomyeloneuropathy, limitations include, but are not limited to, inefficient transduction of hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells, the requirement for toxic myelosuppressive or myeloablative therapy, and a lack of optimal methods for in vivo selection of transduced cells.
Accordingly, there is a need in the art for improved methods of cell therapy and gene therapy and, in particular, for the treatment or prevention of hematopoietic disorders. The present invention offers solutions to these and other problems that plague the art.
BRIEF SUMMARY
The present invention generally provides methods and compositions for improving gene therapy. The invention features methods and compositions comprising a compound that increases peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) nuclear receptor signaling, for improving several aspects of gene therapy. For example, the methods and compositions of the present invention are useful for the enhancement of self-renewal of a stem cell or progenitor; enhancement of
engraftment of a stem cell or progenitor cell population; and enhancement of viral transduction of a cell population, such as a stem cell or progenitor cell population. The inventive compositions and methods further provide safer and more reliable methods for transducing cells, such as human hematopoietic stem cells (HSC), and other types of cell populations, including quiescent cell populations, or cells in the GO, Gla and/or Gib phase with viruses and/or viral vectors. The compositions and methods are useful for therapeutic indications amenable to treatment with cell and gene therapies, such as hematopoietic stem cell gene therapies.
Previous publications have reported that PPAR agonists, such as prostaglandin A, inhibit HIV replication. Hayes et al, J. Biol. Chem., 277: 16913-9 (2002).
Surprisingly, however, the present inventors have found that compounds that increase peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) nuclear receptor activity are effective to enhance gene delivery, for example, by increasing the transduction
efficiency of a population of cells cultured with a gene delivery vector, such as a retrovirus or lenti virus.
Without being bound by any particular theory, the present inventors believe that PPAR signaling leads to heat shock response (also known as stress response, unfolded protein response, ER stress response, BiP pathway, etc.), and/or induces the production of ligands that directly activate the heat shock response, to upregulate heat shock protein 70 (HSP70). Compounds that upregulate HSP70 may be deleterious to virus life cycle. Ankel et al., J.Gen. Virol, 72:2797-800 (1991); Parker et al, Antiviral Res ., 26:83-96 (1995). However, the present inventors discovered that HSP70 then directly mediates the stabilization of viral proteins and/or translocation and importation of viral proteins and nucleic acids to the nucleus. HSP70 may also promote the heat shock response and direct host proteins to the proteasome. The net result may be a stochiometric saturation of proteasomal activity by host proteins. Consequently, viral proteins may escape proteasome-mediated destruction.
Thus, in certain aspects, the present invention provides methods and compositions for increasing cell transduction efficiency comprising contacting a population of cells with a compound that modulates peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) signaling and a vector. In certain embodiments, the population of cells comprises cultured cells; and the population of cells may comprise cells derived from the patient to be treated, e.g., autotransplantation, and/or cells derived from a donor, optionally a donoe other than the patient, e.g., allotransplantation. In certain embodiments, the donor may be closely related to the patient, and/or may be genotype-matched with the patient. In other embodiments, the methods include administration of the treated cells to the patient.
In other aspects, the present invention provides methods and compositions for increasing cell transduction efficiency comprising contacting a population of cells with a gene delivery vector comprising a gene of interest and a compound that increases peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) signaling, for a time sufficient to increase cell transduction. In certain embodiments, the population of cells comprises cultured cells; and the population of cells may comprise cells derived from the patient to be treated, e.g., autotransplantation, and/or cells derived from a
donor, optionally a donoe other than the patient, e.g., allotransplantation. In certain embodiments, the donor may be closely related to the patient, and/or may be genotype-matched with the patient. In other embodiments, the methods include administration of the treated cells to the patient.
In particular embodiments, the gene delivery vector is a virus. In certain embodiments, the virus is selected from the group consisting of retrovirus, lentivirus, adenovirus and adeno-associated virus. In further embodiments, vector may be a replication defective retrovirus.
In other embodiments, the population of cells comprises stem cells or progenitor cells. In certain embodiments, the population of cells comprises cells selected from the group consisting of: mesenchymal stem cells, hematopoietic stem cells, neuronal stem cells, retinal stem cells, cardiac muscle stem cells, skeletal muscle stem cells, adipose tissue derived stem cells, chondrogenic stem cells, liver stem cells, kidney stem cells, pancreatic stem cells, embryonic stem cells, induced pluripotent stem cells, fate-converted stem or progenitor cells. In particular embodiments, the population of cells comprises hematopoietic stem cells or hematopoietic progenitor cells. In another embodiment, the population of cells may comprise quiescent cells. In certain embodiments, the cell population comprises cells selected from the group consisting of osteoblasts, chondrocytes, adipocytes, skeletal muscle, cardiac muscle, neurons, astrocytes, oligodendrocytes, Schwann cells, retinal cells, corneal cells, skin cells, monocytes, macrophages, neutrophils, basophils, eosinophils, erythrocytes, megakaryocytes, dendritic cells, T-lymphocytes, B- lymphocytes, NK-cells, gastric cells, intestinal cells, smooth muscle cells, vascular cells, bladder cells, pancreatic alpha cells, pancreatic beta cells, pancreatic delta cells, hepatocytes, renal cells, adrenal cells, and lung cells.
In another embodiment, the compound that increases PPAR signaling comprises one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of: PPAR-a agonists, PPAR-γ agonists and PPAR-δ agonists. In certain embodiments, the compound that increases PPAR signaling may comprise one or more PPAR-a agonists. The PPAR-a agonists may include compounds selected from the group consisting of [[4-chloro-6-[(2,3- dimethylphenyl)amino]-2-pyrimidinyl]thio]-acetic
acid (WY- 14643); 8(S)hydroxyelcosa-tetraenoic acid (HETE); leukotriene B4 (LTB4); tetradecylthioacetic acid; fenofibrate; bezafibrate; clofibrate; ciprofibrate; 2- [[4- [2-[[[(2,4-difluorophenyl) amino] carbonyl] heptylamino]ethyl]phenyl]thio]-2- methyl-propanoic acid (GW9578); 2-methyl-2-[[4-[2- [[(cyclohexylamino)carbonyl](4-cyclohexylbutyl)amino]ethyl]phenyl] thio]- propanoic acid (GW7647); gemfibrozil; Merck Compound 12; MK-0767; KCL 1998001079; 2-Methyl-2-(4-{3-[l-(4-methylbenzyl)-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-lH-l,2,4- triazol-3-yl]propyl}phenoxy)propanoic Acid (LY518674); LY6487; and NC 61- 3058; Adenosine 3',5'-cyclic monophosphate (cAMP), and analogs and
pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
In particular embodiments, the compound that increases PPAR signaling may comprise one or more PPAR-γ agonists. The PPAR-γ agonists may include compounds selected from the group consisting of 15d-prostaglandin J2,
thiazolidinediones, L-tyrosine derivatives, fluoromethyloxycarbonyl, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, and anti-oxidants, and analogs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. In certain embodiments of the invention, the PPAR-γ agonists may comprise one or more thiazolidinedione selected from the group consisting of pioglitazone, rosiglitazone, troglitazone, and analogs and
pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
In additional embodiments, the compound that increases PPAR signaling may comprise one or more PPAR-δ agonists. The PPAR-δ agonists may include compounds selected from the group consisting of GW501516; GW0742;
prostaglandin A2; L- 16504; and L-631033 and analogs and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
In additional aspects, the methods and materials of the present invention comprise contacting the population of cells with the compound that increases PPAR signaling yields, wherein contacting the population of cells with the compound that increases PPAR signaling yields an accelerated therapeutic benefit in a patient. In certain embodiments, contacting the population of cells with the compound that increases PPAR signaling increases PPAR signaling increases self-renewal of a stem cell or progenitor cell population. In other embodiments, contacting the cell
population with the compound that modulates PPAR signaling increases engraftment of a stem cell or progenitor cell population.
In certain embodiments, the population of cells may be contacted with the compound that increases PPAR signaling prior to transduction. In other
embodiments, the population of cells may be contacted with the compound that increases PPAR signaling during transduction. In yet other embodiments, the population of cells may be contacted with the compound that increases PPAR signaling yields prior to and during transduction.
In various aspects, the present invention provides methods and compositions comprising vectors useful in gene therapy. In certain embodiments, the vector comprises: a left (5') retroviral LTR; an expression control sequence operably linked to a gene of interest; and a right (3') retroviral LTR.
In other embodiments, the vector comprises: a left (5') HIV-1 LTR; a Psi packaging sequence (Ψ+); an HIV-1 central polypurine tract/DNA flap (cPPT/FLAP); a rev response element (RRE); a β-globin promoter and a β-globin locus control region (LCR) operably linked to a gene of interest; and a right (3') retroviral LTR that comprises: i) one or more insulator elements, or ii) a rabbit β-globin polyA sequence (rPgpA).
In other embodiments, the present invention provides methods and
compositions comprising vectors comprising: a left (5') retroviral LTR; a Psi packaging sequence (Ψ+); an expression control sequence operably linked to a gene of interest; and a right (3') retroviral LTR.
In another embodiment, the contacted population of cells comprises hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells and is administered to a patient suffering from a hemoglobinopathy. In certain embodiments, the hemoglobinopathy is β-thalassemia or sickle cell disease.
In another aspect, the invention provides methods and compositions comprising vectors useful in gene therapy. In certain embodiments, the vector comprises: a left (5') HIV-1 LTR; a Psi (Ψ) packaging signal; a cPPT/FLAP; an RRE; a MND promoter, operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding a human ABCD1 polypeptide; a right (3') HIV-1 LTR; and a rabbit β-globin polyadenylation sequence.
In another embodiment, the contacted population of cells comprises hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells and is administered to a patient suffering from an adrenoleukodystrophy or an adrenomyeloneuropathy.
In certain aspects, the methods and compositions of the present invention relate to promoting engraftment of hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) in a human subject. In certain embodiments, such methods, for example, may comprise contacting a population of human HSCs ex vivo with a compound that increases peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) signaling; wherein the HSCs may be obtained from peripheral blood, cord blood, bone marrow, amniotic fluid, placental blood, or banked blood. In other embodiments, such methods may also comprise contacting a population of human HSCs ex vivo with a compound under conditions wherein that compound undergoes at least partial metabolic or chemical change to form a compound or compounds that modulate PPAR signaling; wherein the HSCs may be obtained, for example, from peripheral blood, cord blood, bone marrow, amniotic fluid, placental blood, or banked blood. In certain embodiments, the compound that increases PPAR signaling is a PPAR agonist. In certain embodiments, the metabolic breakdown compound is selected from the group consisting of PGA2, 16,16-dimethyl PGA2, or 15d-PGJ2. In other embodiments, the metabolic precursor compound is selected from the group consisting of PGE2, 16,16-dimethyl PGE2, or PGD2. In another embodiment, the method comprises administering the contacted HSCs to a human subject.
The compound that activates PPAR signaling may enhance cell therapies and gene therapies using such stem cells or progenitor cells by increasing or accelerating self-renewal; by increasing or accelerating engraftment. In the case of gene therapies (including cell therapy using cells that have been transduced exogenously with a gene delivery vehicle), the compound that activates PPAR signaling may enhance gene therapies by increasing transduction efficiency.
In certain aspects, the methods and compositions of the present invention relate to autotrans-plantation of cells, that is, the cell population is obtained from a patient, treated, and the treated cell population is then administered to the same patient; i.e., the donor is the patient. In other aspects, the methods of the present
invention relate to allotransplantation of cells, that is, the cell population is obtained from a donor, treated, and the treated cell population is administered to a patient other than the donor. Steps may be taken in order to minimize rejection of transplants, such as use of a related donor, as well as HLA cross-matching, tissue typing, and T-cell depletion of the graft; pretransplantation induction chemotherapy; and/or posttransplantation administration of immunosuppressive agents. See, for example, Ciurea et al., Biology of Blood and Marrow Transplantation (In Press) (2012); Stem Cell Trialist's Collaborative Group, J. Clin. OnoL, 23:5074-5087 (2005); Anderson et al, Blood 89:2578-2585 (1997).
In certain aspects, the present invention comprises methods and compositions for promoting engraftment of hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) in a human subject. In particular embodiments, a population of human HSCs is contacted ex vivo with at least one compound that increases peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) signaling. In other aspects, the present invention comprises methods of promoting engraftment of hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) in a human subject. In certain embodiments, a population of human HSCs is contacted ex vivo with one or more metabolic precursors to compounds that increases peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) signaling, under conditions wherein said one or more metabolic precursors undergo at least partial metabolic or chemical change to form one or more compounds that modulate the PPAR signaling pathway. In certain embodiments, at least one metabolic precursor compound is selected from the group consisting of PGE2, 16,16-dimethyl PGE2 or PGD2. In certain embodiments, at least one of the metabolic precursors forms a metabolic breakdown compound selected from the group consisting of PGA2, 16,16-dimethyl PGA2 and 15d-PGJ2.
The population of human HSCs may be obtained from any acceptable source. For example, peripheral blood, cord blood, bone marrow, amniotic fluid, placental blood, or banked blood.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE SEVERAL VIEWS OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 shows the effects on transduction efficiency of compounds that modulate peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) nuclear receptor signaling.
Figure 1-1 - Effect of PPAR-δ Agonists: Figure 1-la, culture of cells and virus with no supplement; Figure 1-lb, culture of cells and virus with 100 uM
GW501516; Figure 1-lc, culture of cells and virus with 100 uM Pioglitazone; and Figure 1-ld, culture of cells and virus with 100 uM Rosiglitazone.
Figure 1-2 - Effect of High Doses of PPAR-a Agonists: Figure l-2a, culture of cells and virus with no supplement; Figure l-2b, culture of cells and virus with 10 uM LTB4; Figure l-2c, culture of cells and virus with 10 uM 8(S) HETE; and Figure l-2d, culture of cells and virus with 10 uM WY- 14643.
Figure 1-3 - Effects of Varied Doses of PGA2 (a PPAR-δ Agonist): Figure l-3a: culture of cells and virus with no supplement; Figure l-3b: culture of cells and virus with 1 uM PGA2; Figure l-3c: culture of cells and virus with 10 uM PGA2; Figure l-3d: culture of cells and virus with 100 uM PGA2.
Figure 1-4 - Effects of 15d-PGJ2 (a PPAR-γ Agonist): Figure l-4a: culture of cells and virus with no supplement; Figure l-4b: culture of cells and virus with 10 uM PGJ2.
[0001] Figure 1-5 - Varied Doses of cAMP (an indirect agonist of PPAR- a): Figure l-5a: culture of cells and virus with no supplement; Figure l-5b: culture of cells and virus with 100 uM db cAMP.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE SEQUENCE IDENTIFIERS
SEQ ID NO: 1 sets forth a polynucleotide sequence of a human alpha globin cDNA.
SEQ ID NO: 2 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a human alpha globin polypeptide.
SEQ ID NO: 3 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a mouse alpha globin polypeptide.
SEQ ID NO: 4 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a rat alpha globin polypeptide.
SEQ ID NO: 5 sets forth a polynucleotide sequence of a human beta globin cDNA.
SEQ ID NO: 6 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a human beta globin polypeptide.
SEQ ID NO: 7 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a mutant human beta globin polypeptide.
SEQ ID NO: 8 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a mouse beta globin polypeptide.
SEQ ID NO: 9 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a rat beta globin polypeptide.
SEQ ID NO: 10 sets forth a polynucleotide sequence of a human gamma globin cDNA.
SEQ ID NO: 11 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a human gamma globin polypeptide.
SEQ ID NO: 12 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a mouse gamma globin polypeptide.
SEQ ID NO: 13 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a rat gamma globin polypeptide.
SEQ ID NO: 14 sets forth a polynucleotide sequence of a human delta globin cDNA.
SEQ ID NO: 15 sets forth an amino acid sequence of a human delta globin polypeptide.
SEQ ID NO: 16 sets forth a cDNA sequence encoding an ACBD1 polynucleotide.
SEQ ID NO: 17 sets forth a cDNA sequence encoding an ACBD1 polynucleotide.
SEQ ID NO: 18 sets forth an amino acid sequence of an ACBD1 polypeptide.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
A. OVERVIEW
Gene therapy involves introducing a corrected gene of interest into a target cell population. Previous generations of viral vectors, such as retroviral and early
lentiviral vectors, have preferentially transduced cells in the S/G2/M phase of the cell cycle. It remains a challenge to transduce quiescent cell populations, such as hematopoietic stem cells, which largely reside in the GO phase of the cell cycle, or cells in the GO, Gla and/or Gib phase. For example, the present inventors identified numerous compounds that are published as soluble factors to promote HSC self- renewal and division. However, only one of the self-renewal factors was able to promote improved vector transduction efficiency, over a range of compound concentrations and during two time windows.
The present inventors further identified that time windows that promote cell division and self-renewal of HSCs does not lead to improvements in viral
transduction. Published data from Goessling et al. {Cell Stem Cell, 8:445-458 (2011)) illustrate that dmPGE2 is unable to promote viral transduction of HSCs, despite promoting dramatic improvements in hematopoietic stem cell activity. Similarly, the present inventors have found that dmPGE2 is unable to improve viral transduction during time windows commonly used for promoting hematopoietic stem cell activity, e.g., on the order of one to two hours.
The present inventors have additionally determined that lentiviral vectors are able to transduce a quiescent HSC-containing population (CD34+ CD38- mobilized peripheral blood) at equivalent efficiency as bulk CD34+ cells, both in the absence or presence of compounds meant to promote further viral transduction. Consequently, the assumption that a compound that promotes HSC self-renewal will also promote transduction of HSCs is not borne out. Such properties of a compound are insufficient to predict whether the compound will have efficacy in promoting transduction of HSCs, for example, with the lentiviral vectors as described and exemplified in the present specification.
The present invention generally relates to improved cell and gene therapy compositions and methods of using the same to treat, prevent, or ameliorate genetic disorders. Significant challenges exist in obtaining sufficient One significant challenge for gene therapy is to increase the transduction efficiency of cell comprising the therapeutic gene that will be delivered to a subject, where the corrected cells do not have an intrinsic selective advantage over non-transduced cells.
The present invention is based, in part, on the unexpected discovery that the novel cellular transduction methods of the invention can be used to expand or increase the numbers of therapeutic cells, i.e., corrected cells, in vitro, ex vivo, or in vivo to further increase the efficacy of gene therapy. Without wishing to be bound to any particular theory, the present invention contemplates, in part, that by increasing the transduction efficiency of cells, more corrected cells are generated per transduction and thus, gene therapy methods of the present invention require administration of fewer numbers of cells to provide therapeutic, preventive, or ameliorative endpoints for the subjects receiving the gene therapy. Moreover, because a higher number of transduced cells are delivered to the patient, myelosuppressive or myeloablative therapy is not necessarily required to achieve therapeutic, preventive, or ameliorative endpoints.
In particular illustrative aspects, the present invention further provides novel methods for improved homing and/or engraftment of stem cells and/or progenitor cells, such that transplantation of a cell population will result in a greater therapeutic benefit, even in the absence of a corrective gene; i.e., cell therapy with or without associated gene therapy with a corrective gene.
Accordingly, the present invention addresses an unmet clinical need for improving the efficiency of gene therapy in the treatment of genetic diseases, whereby a greater number of therapeutic cells within a transduced cell population can be administered to a subject to provide a therapeutic, preventive, or ameliorative effect. The invention specifically relates to surprisingly efficient cellular transduction methods, vectors, and genetically engineered cells to facilitate the desired clinical outcomes for gene therapy.
The practice of the present invention will employ, unless indicated specifically to the contrary, conventional methods of molecular biology and recombinant DNA techniques within the skill of the art, many of which are described below for the purpose of illustration. Such techniques are explained fully in the literature. See, e.g., Sambrook, et al, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (2nd Edition, 1989); Maniatis et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (1982); DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach, vol. I & II (D. Glover, ed.); Oligonucleotide Synthesis (N. Gait,
ed., 1984); Nucleic Acid Hybridization (B. Hames & S. Higgins, eds., 1985);
Transcription and Translation (B. Hames & S. Higgins, eds., 1984); Animal Cell Culture (R. Freshney, ed., 1986); A Practical Guide to Molecular Cloning (B. Perbal, ed., 1984).
All publications, patents and patent applications cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
B. Definitions
Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by those of ordinary skill in the art to which the invention belongs. For the purposes of the present invention, the following terms are defined below.
As used herein, the term "retrovirus" refers an RNA virus that reverse transcribes its genomic RNA into a linear double-stranded DNA copy and
subsequently covalently integrates its genomic DNA into a host genome.
Retroviruses are a common tool for gene delivery (Miller, 2000, Nature. 357: 455- 460). Once the virus is integrated into the host genome, it is referred to as a
"provirus." The provirus serves as a template for RNA polymerase II and directs the expression of RNA molecules which encode the structural proteins and enzymes needed to produce new viral particles.
Illustrative retroviruses include, but are not limited to: Moloney murine leukemia virus (M-MuLV), Moloney murine sarcoma virus (MoMSV), Harvey murine sarcoma virus (HaMuSV), murine mammary tumor virus (MuMTV), gibbon ape leukemia virus (GaLV), feline leukemia virus (FLV), spumavirus, Friend murine leukemia virus, Murine Stem Cell Virus (MSCV) and Rous Sarcoma Virus (RSV)) and lenti virus.
As used herein, the term "lentivirus" refers to a group (or genus) of complex retroviruses that are also useful as a gene delivery vehicle or vector. Illustrative lentiviruses include, but are not limited to: HIV (human immunodeficiency virus; including HIV type 1, and HIV type 2); visna-maedi virus (VMV) virus; the caprine arthritis-encephalitis virus (CAEV); equine infectious anemia virus (EIAV); feline
immunodeficiency virus (FIV); bovine immune deficiency virus (BIV); and simian immunodeficiency virus (SIV). In one aspect, HIV based vector backbones (i.e., HIV cis-acting sequence elements) are preferred.
Retroviral vectors and more particularly lentiviral vectors may be used in practicing the present invention. Accordingly, the term "retrovirus" or "retroviral vector", as used herein is meant to include "lentivirus" and "lentiviral vectors" respectively.
The term "vector" is used herein to refer to a nucleic acid molecule capable transferring or transporting another nucleic acid molecule. The transferred nucleic acid is generally linked to, e.g., inserted into, the vector nucleic acid molecule. A vector may include sequences that direct autonomous replication in a cell, or may include sequences sufficient to allow integration into host cell DNA. Useful vectors include, for example, plasmids (e.g., DNA plasmids or RNA plasmids), transposons, cosmids, bacterial artificial chromosomes, and viral vectors. Useful viral vectors include, e.g., replication defective retroviruses and lentiviruses. In one aspect, a vector is a gene delivery vector. In one aspect, a vector is used as a gene delivery vehicle to transfer a gene into a cell.
As will be evident to one of skill in the art, the term "viral vector" is widely used to refer either to a nucleic acid molecule (e.g., a transfer plasmid) that includes virus-derived nucleic acid elements that typically facilitate transfer of the nucleic acid molecule or integration into the genome of a cell or to a viral particle that mediates nucleic acid transfer. Viral particles will typically include various viral components and sometimes also host cell components in addition to nucleic acid(s).
The term viral vector may refer either to a virus or viral particle capable of transferring a nucleic acid into a cell or to the transferred nucleic acid itself. Viral vectors and transfer plasmids contain structural and/or functional genetic elements that are primarily derived from a virus. The term "retroviral vector" refers to a viral vector or plasmid containing structural and functional genetic elements, or portions thereof, that are primarily derived from a retrovirus. The term "lentiviral vector" refers to a viral vector or plasmid containing structural and functional genetic elements, or portions thereof, including LTRs that are primarily derived from a
lentivirus. The term "hybrid" refers to a vector, LTR or other nucleic acid containing both retroviral, e.g., lentiviral, sequences and non-lentiviral viral sequences. In one aspect, a hybrid vector refers to a vector or transfer plasmid comprising retroviral e.g., lentiviral, sequences for reverse transcription, replication, integration and/or packaging.
In particular aspects, the terms "lentiviral vector," "lentiviral expression vector" may be used to refer to lentiviral transfer plasmids and/or infectious lentiviral particles. Where reference is made herein to elements such as cloning sites, promoters, regulatory elements, heterologous nucleic acids, etc., it is to be understood that the sequences of these elements are present in R A form in the lentiviral particles of the invention and are present in DNA form in the DNA plasmids of the invention.
At each end of the provirus are structures called "long terminal repeats" or "LTRs." The term "long terminal repeat (LTR)" refers to domains of base pairs located at the ends of retroviral DNAs which, in their natural sequence context, are direct repeats and contain U3, R and U5 regions. LTRs generally provide functions fundamental to the expression of retroviral genes {e.g., promotion, initiation and polyadenylation of gene transcripts) and to viral replication. The LTR contains numerous regulatory signals including transcriptional control elements,
polyadenylation signals and sequences needed for replication and integration of the viral genome. The viral LTR is divided into three regions called U3, R and U5. The U3 region contains the enhancer and promoter elements. The U5 region is the sequence between the primer binding site and the R region and contains the polyadenylation sequence. The R (repeat) region is flanked by the U3 and U5 regions. The LTR composed of U3, R and U5 regions and appears at both the 5' and 3' ends of the viral genome. Adjacent to the 5' LTR are sequences necessary for reverse transcription of the genome (the tRNA primer binding site) and for efficient packaging of viral RNA into particles (the Psi site).
As used herein, the term "packaging signal" or "packaging sequence" refers to sequences located within the retroviral genome which are required for insertion of the viral RNA into the viral capsid or particle, see e.g., Clever et ah, 1995. J. of Virology,
Vol. 69, No. 4; pp. 2101-2109. Several retroviral vectors use the minimal packaging signal (also referred to as the psi [Ψ] or [Ψ+] sequence) needed for encapsidation of the viral genome. Thus, as used herein, the terms "packaging sequence," "packaging signal," "psi" and the symbol "Ψ," are used in reference to the non-coding sequence required for encapsidation of retroviral RNA strands during viral particle formation.
In various aspects, vectors comprise modified 5' LTR and/or 3' LTRs.
Modifications of the 3' LTR are often made to improve the safety of lentiviral or retroviral systems by rendering viruses replication-defective. As used herein, the term "replication-defective" refers to virus that is not capable of complete, effective replication such that infective virions are not produced (e.g., replication-defective lentiviral progeny). The term "replication-competent" refers to wild-type virus or mutant virus that is capable of replication, such that viral replication of the virus is capable of producing infective virions (e.g., replication-competent lentiviral progeny).
"Self-inactivating" (SIN) vectors refers to replication-defective vectors, e.g., retroviral or lentiviral vectors, in which the right (3') LTR enhancer-promoter region, known as the U3 region, has been modified (e.g., by deletion and/or substitution) to prevent viral transcription beyond the first round of viral replication. This is because the right (3') LTR U3 region is used as a template for the left (5') LTR U3 region during viral replication and, thus, the viral transcript cannot be made without the U3 enhancer-promoter. In a further aspect of the invention, the 3' LTR is modified such that the U5 region is replaced, for example, with a heterologous or synthetic poly(A) sequence, one or more insulator elements, and/or an inducible promoter. It should be noted that modifications to the LTRs such as modifications to the 3' LTR, the 5' LTR, or both 3' and 5' LTRs, are also included in the invention.
An additional safety enhancement is provided by replacing the U3 region of the 5' LTR with a heterologous promoter to drive transcription of the viral genome during production of viral particles. Examples of heterologous promoters which can be used include, for example, viral simian virus 40 (SV40) (e.g., early or late), cytomegalovirus (CMV) (e.g., immediate early), Moloney murine leukemia virus (MoMLV), Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), and herpes simplex virus (HSV) (thymidine kinase) promoters. Typical promoters are able to drive high levels of transcription in
a Tat-independent manner. This replacement reduces the possibility of recombination to generate replication-competent virus because there is no complete U3 sequence in the virus production system. In certain aspects, the heterologous promoter may be inducible, such that transcription of all or part of the viral genome will occur only when one or more induction factors are present. Induction factors include, but are not limited to, one or more chemical compounds or physiological conditions, e.g., temperature or pH, in which the host cells are cultured.
In some aspects, viral vectors comprise a TAR element. The term "TAR" refers to the "trans-activation response" genetic element located in the R region of lentiviral {e.g., HIV) LTRs. This element interacts with the lentiviral trans-activator (tat) genetic element to enhance viral replication. However, this element is not required in aspects wherein the U3 region of the 5' LTR is replaced by a heterologous promoter.
The "R region" refers to the region within retroviral LTRs beginning at the start of the capping group {i.e., the start of transcription) and ending immediately prior to the start of the poly A tract. The R region is also defined as being flanked by the U3 and U5 regions. The R region plays a role during reverse transcription in permitting the transfer of nascent DNA from one end of the genome to the other.
As used herein, the term "FLAP element" refers to a nucleic acid whose sequence includes the central polypurine tract and central termination sequences (cPPT and CTS) of a retrovirus, e.g., HIV-1 or HIV-2. Suitable FLAP elements are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,682,907 and in Zennou, et al, 2000, Cell, 101 : 173.
During HIV-1 reverse transcription, central initiation of the plus-strand DNA at the central polypurine tract (cPPT) and central termination at the central termination sequence (CTS) lead to the formation of a three-stranded DNA structure: the HIV-1 central DNA flap. While not wishing to be bound by any theory, the DNA flap may act as a cis-active determinant of lentiviral genome nuclear import and/or may increase the titer of the virus. In particular aspects, the retroviral or lentiviral vector backbones comprise one or more FLAP elements upstream or downstream of the heterologous genes of interest in the vectors. For example, in particular aspects a
transfer plasmid includes a FLAP element. In one aspect, a vector of the invention comprises a FLAP element isolated from HIV-1.
In one aspect, retroviral or lentiviral transfer vectors comprise one or more export elements. The term "export element" refers to a cis-acting post-transcriptional regulatory element which regulates the transport of an RNA transcript from the nucleus to the cytoplasm of a cell. Examples of RNA export elements include, but are not limited to, the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) rev response element (RRE) (see e.g., Cullen et al, 1991. J. Virol. 65: 1053; and Cullen et al, 1991. Cell 58: 423), and the hepatitis B virus post-transcriptional regulatory element (HPRE). Generally, the RNA export element is placed within the 3' UTR of a gene, and can be inserted as one or multiple copies.
In particular aspects, expression of heterologous sequences in viral vectors is increased by incorporating posttranscriptional regulatory elements, efficient polyadenylation sites, and optionally, transcription termination signals into the vectors. A variety of posttranscriptional regulatory elements can increase expression of a heterologous nucleic acid at the protein, e.g., woodchuck hepatitis virus posttranscriptional regulatory element (WPRE; Zufferey et al, 1999, J. Virol, 73:2886); the posttranscriptional regulatory element present in hepatitis B virus (HPRE) (Huang et al, Mol. Cell. Biol, 5:3864); and the like (Liu et al, 1995, Genes Dev., 9: 1766). In particular aspects, vectors of the invention lack or do not comprise a posttranscriptional regulatory element such as a WPRE or HPRE because in some instances these elements increase the risk of cellular transformation and/or do not substantially or significantly increase the amount of mRNA transcript or increase mRNA stability. Therefore, in some aspects, vectors of the invention lack or do not comprise a WPRE or HPRE as an added safety measure.
Elements directing the efficient termination and polyadenylation of the heterologous nucleic acid transcripts increases heterologous gene expression.
Transcription termination signals are generally found downstream of the
polyadenylation signal. The term "polyA site" or "polyA sequence" as used herein denotes a DNA sequence which directs both the termination and polyadenylation of the nascent RNA transcript by RNA polymerase II. Efficient polyadenylation of the
recombinant transcript is desirable as transcripts lacking a poly A tail are unstable and are rapidly degraded. Illustrative examples of polyA signals that can be used in a vector of the invention, include an ideal polyA sequence (e.g., AATAAA, ATTAAA AGTAAA), a bovine growth hormone polyA sequence (BGHpA), a rabbit β-globin polyA sequence (rPgpA), or another suitable heterologous or endogenous polyA sequence known in the art.
In certain aspects, a retroviral or lentiviral vector further comprises one or more insulator elements. Insulators elements may contribute to protecting lentivirus- expressed sequences, e.g., therapeutic polypeptides, from integration site effects, which may be mediated by cis-acting elements present in genomic DNA and lead to deregulated expression of transferred sequences (i.e., position effect; see, e.g., Burgess-Beusse et al, 2002, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 99: 16433; and Zhan et al, 2001, Hum. Genet., 109:471). In some aspects, transfer vectors comprise one or more insulator element the 3' LTR and upon integration of the pro virus into the host genome, the pro virus comprises the one or more insulators at both the 5' LTR or 3' LTR, by virtue of duplicating the 3' LTR. Suitable insulators for use in the invention include, but are not limited to, the chicken β-globin insulator (see Chung et al, 1993. Cell 74:505; Chung et al, 1997. PNAS 94:575; and Bell et al, 1999. Cell 98:387, incorporated by reference herein). Examples of insulator elements include, but are not limited to, an insulator from an β-globin locus, such as chicken HS4.
According to certain specific aspects of the invention, most or all of the viral vector backbone sequences are derived from a lentivirus, e.g., HIV-1. However, it is to be understood that many different sources of lentiviral sequences can be used, and numerous substitutions and alterations in certain of the lentiviral sequences may be accommodated without impairing the ability of a transfer vector to perform the functions described herein. Moreover, a variety of lentiviral vectors are known in the art, see Naldini et al, (1996a, 1996b, and 1998); Zufferey et al, (1997); Dull et al, 1998, U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,013,516; and 5,994,136, many of which may be adapted to produce a viral vector or transfer plasmid of the present invention.
As used herein, the term "time sufficient to increase transduction efficiency" refers to a time period in which a population of cells may be cultured together with a
compound that increases PPAR signaling such that, when the population of cells is brought into contact with a gene delivery vehicle, such as a retrovirus or a lentivirus, the cells are transduced with the gene delivery vehicle at an increased transduction efficiency.
As used herein, the term "transduction efficiency" refers to the percentage of cells cultured with a compound that increases PPAR signaling that are transduced with a gene delivery vehicle, compared to a similar population of cells that is brought into contact with a similar gene delivery vehicle, in the absence of the compound that increases PPAR signaling.
The term "engraftment" is used herein to refer to the ability of hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells to repopulate a tissue, whether such cells are naturally circulating or are provided by transplantation. In particular aspects, the term encompasses all events surrounding or leading up to engraftment, such as tissue homing of cells and colonization of cells within the tissue of interest. The
engraftment efficiency or rate of engraftment can be evaluated or quantified using any clinically acceptable parameter as known to those of skill in the art and can include, for example, assessment of competitive repopulating units (CRU); incorporation or expression of a marker in tissue(s) into which stem cells have homed, colonized, or become engrafted; or by evaluation of the progress of a subject through disease progression, survival of hematopoietic progenitor cells, or survival of a recipient. In one aspect, engraftment is determined by measuring white blood cell counts in peripheral blood during a post-transplant period. Alternatively, engraftment can be assessed by measuring recovery of marrow cells in a bone marrow aspirate sample.
As used herein, the term "enhancing hematopoietic stem cell or progenitor cell engraftment" refers to an increase in the efficiency or rate (i.e., amount of engraftment over a period of time) of hematopoietic stem cell or progenitor cell engraftment of at least 10% (e.g., as assessed by measuring white blood cell count) in individuals treated with an agent compared to untreated individuals. In particular aspects, the rate of hematopoietic progenitor cell engraftment is increased by at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 99%, at least 1-fold, at least 2-fold, at least 5-fold, at least 10-
fold, at least 100-fold, at least 500-fold, at least 1000-fold or higher in individuals being treated with an agent compared to the efficiency/rate of engraftment in an untreated individual. Engraftment can also be assessed using a bone marrow aspirate sample and monitoring colony forming unit cells (CFU-Cs).
As used herein, the term "increasing hematopoietic stem cell or progenitor cell expansion" refers to an increase in hematopoietic stem cell or progenitor cell proliferation following a hematopoietic stem cell and/or progenitor cell transplant (e.g., bone marrow, peripheral blood, or cord blood transplant) of at least 10% (as assessed by for example, measuring hematopoietic progenitor number in a bone marrow aspirate sample) in the bone marrow of an individual being treated with an agent that increases PPAR signaling, compared to an untreated individual. It is preferred that the increase in hematopoietic stem cell and/or progenitor cell number is at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 99%, at least 1-fold, at least 2-fold, at least 5 -fold, at least 10-fold, at least 50-fold, at least 100-fold, at least 500-fold, at least 1000-fold or higher in the presence of an agent that increases PPAR signaling than the level of hematopoietic progenitor cell proliferation in the absence of such agent.
As used herein, the term "agent" or "compound" encompasses
polynucleotides, polypeptides, and other organic and inorganic chemicals, including without limitation, all analogs and derivatives thereof.
In reference to chemicals, such as organic chemicals, "analog" or "derivative" relates to a chemical molecule that is similar to another chemical substance in structure and function, often differing structurally by a single element or group, but may differ by differ by modification of more than one group (e.g., 2, 3, or 4 groups) if it retains the same function as the parental chemical. Such modifications are routine to persons skilled in the art, and include, for example, additional or substituted chemical moieties, such as esters or amides of an acid, protecting groups such as a benzyl group for an alcohol or thiol, and tert-butoxylcarbonyl groups for an amine. Also included are modifications to alkyl side chains, such as alkyl substitutions (e.g., methyl, dimethyl, ethyl, etc.), modifications to the level of saturation or unsaturation
of side chains, and the addition of modified groups such as substituted phenyl and phenoxy. Derivatives may also include conjugates, such as biotin or avidin moieties, enzymes such as horseradish peroxidase and the like, and including radio-labeled, bioluminescent, chemoluminescent, or fluorescent moieties. Also, moieties may be added to the agents described herein to alter their pharmacokinetic properties, such as to increase half-life in vivo or ex vivo, or to increase their cell penetration properties, among other desirable properties. Also included are prodrugs, which are known to enhance numerous desirable qualities of pharmaceuticals {e.g., solubility,
bioavailability, manufacturing, etc.) (see, e.g., WO/2006/047476 for exemplary EP agonist prodrugs, which is incorporated by reference for its disclosure of such agonists).
As used herein, the terms "polynucleotide" or "nucleic acid" refers to messenger RNA (mRNA), RNA, genomic RNA (gRNA), plus strand RNA (RNA(+)), minus strand RNA (RNA(-)), genomic DNA (gDNA), complementary DNA (cDNA) or DNA. Polynucleotides include single and double stranded polynucleotides.
Preferably, polynucleotides of the invention include polynucleotides or variants having at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%), 98%o, 99%) or 100% sequence identity to any of the reference sequences described herein (see, e.g., Sequence Listing), typically where the variant maintains at least one biological activity of the reference sequence. In various illustrative aspects, the present invention contemplates, in part, viral vector and transfer plasmid polynucleotide sequences and compositions comprising the same. In particular aspects, the invention provides polynucleotides encoding one or more therapeutic polypeptides and/or other genes of interest. In particular aspects, the present invention provides polynucleotides encoding a globin polypeptide or an ATP-binding cassette, sub-family D (ALD), member 1 (ABCD1) polypeptide, as discussed elsewhere herein.
As used herein, the terms "polynucleotide variant" and "variant" and the like refer to polynucleotides displaying substantial sequence identity with a reference polynucleotide sequence or polynucleotides that hybridize with a reference sequence under stringent conditions that are defined hereinafter. These terms include
polynucleotides in which one or more nucleotides have been added or deleted, or replaced with different nucleotides compared to a reference polynucleotide. In this regard, it is well understood in the art that certain alterations inclusive of mutations, additions, deletions and substitutions can be made to a reference polynucleotide whereby the altered polynucleotide retains the biological function or activity of the reference polynucleotide.
As used herein, the term "isolated" means material, e.g., a polynucleotide, a polypeptide, a cell, that is substantially or essentially free from components that normally accompany it in its native state. In particular aspects, the term "obtained" or "derived" is used synonymously with isolated. For example, an "isolated
polynucleotide," as used herein, refers to a polynucleotide that has been purified from the sequences which flank it in a naturally-occurring state, e.g., a DNA fragment that has been removed from the sequences that are normally adjacent to the fragment.
Terms that describe the orientation of polynucleotides include: 5' (normally the end of the polynucleotide having a free phosphate group) and 3' (normally the end of the polynucleotide having a free hydroxyl (OH) group). Polynucleotide sequences can be annotated in the 5' to 3' orientation or the 3' to 5' orientation.
The terms "complementary" and "complementarity" refer to polynucleotides {i.e., a sequence of nucleotides) related by the base-pairing rules. For example, the complementary strand of the DNA sequence 5' A G T C A T G 3' is 3' T C A G T A C 5'. The latter sequence is often written as the reverse complement with the 5' end on the left and the 3' end on the right, 5' C A T G A C T 3'. A sequence that is equal to its reverse complement is said to be a palindromic sequence. Complementarity can be "partial," in which only some of the nucleic acids' bases are matched according to the base pairing rules. Or, there can be "complete" or "total" complementarity between the nucleic acids.
The term "nucleic acid cassette" as used herein refers to genetic sequences within the vector which can express an RNA, and subsequently a polypeptide. In one aspect, the nucleic acid cassette contains a gene(s)-of-interest, e.g., a
polynucleotide(s)-of-interest. In another aspect, the nucleic acid cassette contains one or more expression control sequences and a gene(s)-of-interest, e.g., a
polynucleotide(s)-of-interest. Vectors may comprise one, two, three, four, five or more nucleic acid cassettes. The nucleic acid cassette is positionally and sequentially oriented within the vector such that the nucleic acid in the cassette can be transcribed into RNA, and when necessary, translated into a protein or a polypeptide, undergo appropriate post-translational modifications required for activity in the transformed cell, and be translocated to the appropriate compartment for biological activity by targeting to appropriate intracellular compartments or secretion into extracellular compartments. Preferably, the cassette has its 3' and 5' ends adapted for ready insertion into a vector, e.g., it has restriction endonuclease sites at each end. In a preferred aspect of the invention, the nucleic acid cassette contains the sequence of a therapeutic gene used to treat, prevent, or ameliorate a genetic disorder, such as a hematopoietic disorder. The cassette can be removed and inserted into a plasmid or viral vector as a single unit.
Polynucleotides include a polynucleotide(s)-of-interest. As used herein, the term "polynucleotide(s)-of-interest" refers to one or more polynucleotides, e.g., a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide {i.e., a polypeptide-of-interest), inserted into an expression vector that is desired to be expressed. In preferred aspects, vectors and/or plasmids of the present invention comprise one or more polynucleotides-of- interest, e.g., a globin gene or ABCD1 gene. In certain aspects, a polynucleotide-of- interest encodes a polypeptide that provides a therapeutic effect in the treatment, prevention, or amelioration of a hematopoietic disease or disorder, which may be referred to as a "therapeutic polypeptide," e.g., a globin gene. See, for example US Patents 6,051,402 and 7,901,671, the disclosure of which is hereby expressly incorporated herein by reference. See, e.g., SEQ ID NOs: 1, 5, 10, and 14 and polynucleotides encoding SEQ ID NO: 2, 6, 7, 11, and 15.
In certain other aspects, a polynucleotide-of-interest encodes a polypeptide that provides a therapeutic effect in the treatment, prevention, or amelioration of an adrenoleukodystrophy or adrenomyeloneuropathy, which may be referred to as a "therapeutic polypeptide," e.g., an ABCD1 gene. See, e.g., SEQ ID NOs: See, for example, US Patents 5,869,039; and 6,013,769, the full disclosure and claims of which are specifically incorporated herein by reference.
The term "globin" as used herein, means all proteins or protein subunits that are capable of covalently or noncovalently binding a heme moiety, and can therefore transport or store oxygen. Subunits of vertebrate and invertebrate hemoglobins, vertebrate and invertebrate myoglobins or mutants thereof are included by the term globin. Examples of globins include a-globin or variant thereof, β-globin or variant thereof, a γ-globin or a variant thereof, and δ-globin or a variant thereof.
In one aspect, the polynucleotide-of-interest is a gene that encodes a polypeptide that provides a therapeutic function for the treatment of a
hemoglobinopathy, e.g., a-globin, β-globin or P-globinA-T87Q. Polynucleotides-of- interest, and polypeptides encoded therefrom, include both polynucleotides that encode wild-type polypeptides, as well as functional variants and fragments thereof. In particular aspects, a functional variant has at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% identity to a corresponding wild-type reference polynucleotide or polypeptide sequence. In certain aspects, a functional variant or fragment has at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least a 100%, or at least 110%) or more of a biological activity of a corresponding wild-type polypeptide. Representative polynucleotides sequences suitable for use in the present invention include, but are not limited to, polynucleotides encoding a-globin, β-globin, and β- globinA-T87Q.
The polynucleotides of the present invention, regardless of the length of the coding sequence itself, may be combined with other DNA sequences, such as promoters and/or enhancers, untranslated regions (UTRs), Kozak sequences, polyadenylation signals, additional restriction enzyme sites, multiple cloning sites, internal ribosomal entry sites (IRES), recombinase recognition sites {e.g., LoxP, FRT, and Att sites), termination codons, transcriptional termination signals, and
polynucleotides encoding self-cleaving polypeptides, epitope tags, as disclosed elsewhere herein or as known in the art, such that their overall length may vary considerably. It is therefore contemplated that a polynucleotide fragment of almost any length may be employed, with the total length preferably being limited by the ease of preparation and use in the intended recombinant DNA protocol.
The term "expression control sequence" refers to a polynucleotide sequence that comprises one or more promoters, enhancers, or other transcriptional control elements or combinations thereof that are capable of directing, increasing, regulating, or controlling the transcription or expression of an operatively linked polynucleotide. In particular aspects, vectors of the invention comprise one or more expression control sequences that are specific to particular cells, cell types, or cell lineages e.g., target cells; that is, expression of polynucleotides operatively linked to an expression control sequence specific to particular cells, cell types, or cell lineages is expressed in target cells and not in other non-target cells. Each one of the one or more expression control sequences in a vector that are cell specific may express in the same or different cell types depending on the therapy desired. In preferred aspects, vectors comprise one or more expression control sequences specific to hematopoietic cells, e.g., hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells. In other preferred aspects, vectors comprise one or more expression control sequences specific to erythroid cells.
The term "promoter" as used herein refers to a recognition site of a polynucleotide (DNA or RNA) to which an R A polymerase binds. The term "enhancer" refers to a segment of DNA which contains sequences capable of providing enhanced transcription and in some instances can function independent of their orientation relative to another control sequence. An enhancer can function cooperatively or additively with promoters and/or other enhancer elements. The term "promoter/enhancer" refers to a segment of DNA which contains sequences capable of providing both promoter and enhancer functions.
In particular aspects, a vector of the invention comprises exogenous, endogenous, or heterologous control sequences such as promoters and/or enhancers. An "endogenous" control sequence is one which is naturally linked to a given gene in the genome. An "exogenous" control sequence is one which is placed in juxtaposition to a gene by means of genetic manipulation {i.e., molecular biological techniques) such that transcription of that gene is directed by the linked enhancer/promoter. A "heterologous" control sequence is an exogenous sequence that is from a different species than the cell being genetically manipulated. A "synthetic" control sequence may comprise elements of one more endogenous and/or exogenous sequences, and/or
sequences determined in vitro or in silico that provide optimal promoter and/or enhancer activity for the particular gene therapy.
The term "operably linked", refers to a juxtaposition wherein the components described are in a relationship permitting them to function in their intended manner. In one aspect, the term refers to a functional linkage between a nucleic acid expression control sequence (such as a promoter, and/or enhancer or other expression control sequence) and a second polynucleotide sequence, e.g., a polynucleotide-of- interest, wherein the expression control sequence directs transcription of the nucleic acid corresponding to the second sequence.
As used herein, the term "constitutive expression control sequence" refers to a promoter, enhancer, or promoter/enhancer that continually or continuously allows for transcription of an operably linked sequence. A constitutive expression control sequence may be a "ubiquitous" promoter, enhancer, or promoter/enhancer that allows expression in a wide variety of cell and tissue types or a "cell specific," "cell type specific," "cell lineage specific," or "tissue specific" promoter, enhancer, or promoter/enhancer that allows expression in a restricted variety of cell and tissue types, respectively. Illustrative ubiquitous expression control sequences include, but are not limited to, a cytomegalovirus (CMV) immediate early promoter, a viral simian virus 40 (SV40) {e.g., early or late), a Moloney murine leukemia virus (MoMLV) LTR promoter, a Rous sarcoma virus (RSV) LTR, a herpes simplex virus (HSV) (thymidine kinase) promoter, H5, P7.5, and PI 1 promoters from vaccinia virus, an elongation factor 1 -alpha (EFla) promoter, early growth response 1 (EGR1), ferritin H (FerH), ferritin L (FerL), Glyceraldehyde 3-phosphate dehydrogenase (GAPDH), eukaryotic translation initiation factor 4A1 (EIF4A1), heat shock 70kDa protein 5 (HSPA5), heat shock protein 90kDa beta, member 1 (HSP90B1), heat shock protein 70kDa (HSP70), β-kinesin (β-ΚΙΝ), the human ROSA 26 locus (Irions et al, Nature Biotechnology 25, 1477 - 1482 (2007)), a Ubiquitin C promoter (UBC), a
phosphoglycerate kinase- 1 (PGK) promoter, a cytomegalovirus enhancer/chicken β- actin (CAG) promoter, and a β-actin promoter.
In a particular aspect, it may be desirable to use a cell, cell type, cell lineage or tissue specific expression control sequence to achieve cell type specific, lineage
specific, or tissue specific expression of a desired polynucleotide sequence (e.g., to express a particular nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide in only a subset of cell types, cell lineages, or tissues or during specific stages of development).
Illustrative examples of tissue specific promoters include, but are not limited to: an B29 promoter (B cell expression), a runt transcription factor (CBFa2) promoter (stem cell specific expression), an CD 14 promoter (monocytic cell expression), an CD43 promoter (leukocyte and platelet expression), an CD45 promoter
(hematopoietic cell expression), an CD68 promoter (macrophage expression), a CYP450 3A4 promoter (hepatocyte expression), an desmin promoter (muscle expression), an elastase 1 promoter (pancreatic acinar cell expression, an endoglin promoter (endothelial cell expression), a fibroblast specific protein 1 promoter (FSP1) promoter (fibroblast cell expression), a fibronectin promoter (fibroblast cell expression), a fms-related tyrosine kinase 1 (FLT1) promoter (endothelial cell expression), a glial fibrillary acidic protein (GFAP) promoter (astrocyte expression), an insulin promoter (pancreatic beta cell expression), an integrin, alpha 2b (ITGA2B) promoter (megakaryocytes), an intracellular adhesion molecule 2 (ICAM-2) promoter (endothelial cells), an interferon beta (IFN-β) promoter (hematopoietic cells), a keratin 5 promoter (keratinocyte expression), a myoglobin (MB) promoter (muscle expression), a myogenic differentiation 1 (MYOD1) promoter (muscle expression), a nephrin promoter (podocyte expression), a bone gamma-carboxyglutamate protein 2 (OG-2) promoter (osteoblast expression), an 3-oxoacid CoA transferase 2B (Oxct2B) promoter, (haploid-spermatid expression), a surfactant protein B (SP-B) promoter (lung expression), a synapsin promoter (neuron expression), a Wiskott-Aldrich syndrome protein (WASP) promoter (hematopoietic cell expression).
In one aspect, a vector of the present invention comprises one or more hematopoietic cell or tissue specific promoters and/or enhancers selected from the group consisting of: a human β-globin promoter; a human β-globin LCR; and a human a-globin HS40 enhancer and an ankyrin-1 promoter, operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding a globin polypeptide.
In another aspect, a vector of the present invention comprises a promoter active in a microglial cell, operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding an ATP-
binding cassette, sub-family D, member 1 (ABCD1) polypeptide. In certain aspects, the promoter comprises a myeloproliferative sarcoma virus enhancer, negative control region deleted, dl587rev primer-binding site substituted (MND) promoter or transcriptionally active fragment thereof.
As used herein, "conditional expression" may refer to any type of conditional expression including, but not limited to, inducible expression; repressible expression; expression in cells or tissues having a particular physiological, biological, or disease state, etc. This definition is not intended to exclude cell type or tissue specific expression. Certain aspects of the invention provide conditional expression of a polynucleotide-of-interest, e.g., expression is controlled by subjecting a cell, tissue, organism, etc., to a treatment or condition that causes the polynucleotide to be expressed or that causes an increase or decrease in expression of the polynucleotide encoded by the polynucleotide-of-interest.
Illustrative examples of inducible promoters/sy stems include, but are not limited to, steroid-inducible promoters such as promoters for genes encoding glucocorticoid or estrogen receptors (inducible by treatment with the corresponding hormone), metallothionine promoter (inducible by treatment with various heavy metals), MX-1 promoter (inducible by interferon), the "GeneSwitch" mifepristone- regulatable system (Sirin et ah, 2003, Gene, 323:67), the cumate inducible gene switch (WO 2002/088346), tetracycline-dependent regulatory systems, etc.
Conditional expression can also be achieved by using a site specific DNA recombinase. According to certain aspects of the invention the vector comprises at least one (typically two) site(s) for recombination mediated by a site specific recombinase. As used herein, the terms "recombinase" or "site specific recombinase" include excisive or integrative proteins, enzymes, co-factors or associated proteins that are involved in recombination reactions involving one or more recombination sites {e.g., two, three, four, five, seven, ten, twelve, fifteen, twenty, thirty, fifty, etc.), which may be wild-type proteins (see Landy, Current Opinion in Biotechnology 3:699-707 (1993)), or mutants, derivatives {e.g., fusion proteins containing the recombination protein sequences or fragments thereof), fragments, and variants thereof. Illustrative examples of recombinases suitable for use in particular aspects of
the present invention include, but are not limited to: Cre, Int, IHF, Xis, Flp, Fis, Hin, Gin, OC31, Cin, Tn3 resolvase, TndX, XerC, XerD, TnpX, Hjc, Gin, SpCCEl, and ParA.
The vectors may comprise one or more recombination sites for any of a wide variety of site specific recombinases. It is to be understood that the target site for a site specific recombinase is in addition to any site(s) required for integration of a vector, e.g., a retroviral vector or lentiviral vector. As used herein, the terms
"recombination sequence," "recombination site," or "site specific recombination site" refer to a particular nucleic acid sequence to which a recombinase recognizes and binds.
For example, one recombination site for Cre recombinase is loxP which is a 34 base pair sequence comprising two 13 base pair inverted repeats (serving as the recombinase binding sites) flanking an 8 base pair core sequence (see FIG. 1 of Sauer, B., Current Opinion in Biotechnology 5:521-527 (1994)). Other exemplary loxP sites include, but are not limited to: lox511 (Hoess et al, 1996; Bethke and Sauer, 1997), lox5171 (Lee and Saito, 1998), lox2272 (Lee and Saito, 1998), m2 (Langer et al., 2002), lox71 (Albert et al, 1995), and lox66 (Albert et al, 1995).
Suitable recognition sites for the FLP recombinase include, but are not limited to: FRT (McLeod, et al, 1996), Fl, F2, F3 (Schlake and Bode, 1994), F4, F5
(Schlake and Bode, 1994), FRT(LE) (Senecoff et al, 1988), FRT(RE) (Senecoff et al, 1988).
Other examples of recognition sequences are the attB, attP, attL, and attR sequences, which are recognized by the recombinase enzyme λ Integrase, e.g., phi- c31. The cpC31 SSR mediates recombination only between the heterotypic sites attB (34 bp in length) and attP (39 bp in length) (Groth et al, 2000). attB and attP, named for the attachment sites for the phage integrase on the bacterial and phage genomes, respectively, both contain imperfect inverted repeats that are likely bound by cpC31 homodimers (Groth et al, 2000). The product sites, attL and attR, are effectively inert to further cpC31 -mediated recombination (Belteki et al, 2003), making the reaction irreversible. For catalyzing insertions, it has been found that attB-bearing DNA inserts into a genomic attP site more readily than an attP site into a genomic
attB site (Thyagarajan et al, 2001; Belteki et al, 2003). Thus, typical strategies position by homologous recombination an attP-bearing "docking site" into a defined locus, which is then partnered with an attB-bearing incoming sequence for insertion.
As used herein, an "internal ribosome entry site" or "IRES" refers to an element that promotes direct internal ribosome entry to the initiation codon, such as ATG, of a cistron (a protein encoding region), thereby leading to the cap-independent translation of the gene. See, e.g., Jackson et al, 1990. Trends Biochem Sci
15(12):477-83) and Jackson and Kaminski. 1995. RNA 1(10):985-1000. In particular aspects, the vectors contemplated by the invention, include one or more
polynucleotides-of-interest that encode one or more polypeptides. In particular aspects, to achieve efficient translation of each of the plurality of polypeptides, the polynucleotide sequences can be separated by one or more IRES sequences or polynucleotide sequences encoding self-cleaving polypeptides.
As used herein, the term "Kozak sequence" refers to a short nucleotide sequence that greatly facilitates the initial binding of mRNA to the small subunit of the ribosome and increases translation. The consensus Kozak sequence is
(GCC)RCCATGG, where R is a purine (A or G) (Kozak, 1986. Cell. 44(2):283-92, and Kozak, 1987 '. Nucleic Acids Res . 15(20):8125-48). In particular aspects, the vectors contemplated by the invention, comprise polynucleotides that have a consensus Kozak sequence and that encode a desired polypeptide.
In certain aspects, vectors comprise a selection gene, also termed a selectable marker. Typical selection genes encode proteins that (a) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, e.g., ampicillin, neomycin, hygromycin, methotrexate, Zeocin, Blastocidin, or tetracycline, (b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies, or (c) supply critical nutrients not available from complex media, e.g., the gene encoding D- alanine racemase for Bacilli. Any number of selection systems may be used to recover transformed cell lines. These include, but are not limited to, the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (Wigler et al, 1977. Cell 11 :223-232) and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase (Lowy et al, 1990. Cell 22:817-823) genes which can be employed in tk- or aprt- cells, respectively.
In various aspects, vectors of the invention are used to increase, establish and/or maintain the expression of one or more polypeptides, e.g., globins. The terms "polypeptide" and "protein" are used interchangeably herein to refer to a polymer of amino acid residues and to variants and synthetic analogues of the same. Thus, these terms apply to amino acid polymers in which one or more amino acid residues are synthetic non-naturally occurring amino acids, such as a chemical analogue of a corresponding naturally occurring amino acid, as well as to naturally-occurring amino acid polymers.
Particular aspects of the invention also include polypeptide "variants." The recitation polypeptide "variant" refers to polypeptides that are distinguished from a reference polypeptide by the addition, deletion, truncations, and/or substitution of at least one amino acid residue, and that retain a biological activity. In certain aspects, a polypeptide variant is distinguished from a reference polypeptide by one or more substitutions, which may be conservative or non-conservative, as known in the art.
In certain aspects, a variant polypeptide includes an amino acid sequence having at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more sequence identity or similarity to a corresponding sequence of a reference polypeptide. In certain aspects, amino acid additions or deletions occur at the C-terminal end and/or the N-terminal end of the reference polypeptide.
As noted above, polypeptides of the invention may be altered in various ways including amino acid substitutions, deletions, truncations, and insertions. Methods for such manipulations are generally known in the art. For example, amino acid sequence variants of a reference polypeptide can be prepared by mutations in the DNA.
Methods for mutagenesis and nucleotide sequence alterations are well known in the art. See, for example, Kunkel (1985, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 82: 488-492), Kunkel et al, (1987, Methods in Enzymol, 154: 367-382), U.S. Pat. No. 4,873,192, Watson, J. D. et al, {Molecular Biology of the Gene, Fourth Edition,
Benjamin/Cummings, Menlo Park, Calif, 1987) and the references cited therein. Guidance as to appropriate amino acid substitutions that do not affect biological activity of the protein of interest may be found in the model of Dayhoff et al., (1978)
Atlas of Protein Sequence and Structure (Natl. Biomed. Res. Found., Washington, D.C.).
A "host cell" includes cells transfected, infected, or transduced in vivo, ex vivo, or in vitro with a recombinant vector or a polynucleotide of the invention. Host cells may include packaging cells, producer cells, and cells infected with viral vectors. In particular aspects, host cells infected with viral vector of the invention are administered to a subject in need of therapy. In certain aspects, the term "target cell" is used interchangeably with host cell and refers to transfected, infected, or transduced cells of a desired cell type. In preferred aspects, the target cell is a stem cell or progenitor cell. In certain preferred aspects, the target cell is a somatic cell, e.g., adult stem cell, progenitor cell, or differentiated cell. In particular preferred aspects, the target cell is a hematopoietic cell, e.g., a hematopoietic stem or progenitor cell.
Further therapeutic target cells are discussed, infra.
The term "stem cell" refers to a cell which is an undifferentiated cell capable of (1) long term self -renewal, or the ability to generate at least one identical copy of the original cell, (2) differentiation at the single cell level into multiple, and in some instance only one, specialized cell type and (3) of in vivo functional regeneration of tissues. Stem cells are subclassified according to their developmental potential as totipotent, pluripotent, multipotent and oligo/unipotent. "Self-renewal" refers a cell with a unique capacity to produce unaltered daughter cells and to generate specialized cell types (potency). Self-renewal can be achieved in two ways. Asymmetric cell division produces one daughter cell that is identical to the parental cell and one daughter cell that is different from the parental cell and is a progenitor or
differentiated cell. Asymmetric cell division does not increase the number of cells. Symmetric cell division produces two identical daughter cells. "Proliferation" or "expansion" of cells refers to symmetrically dividing cells.
As used herein, the term "totipotent" means the ability of a cell to form all cell lineages of an organism. For example, in mammals, only the zygote and the first cleavage stage blastomeres are totipotent. As used herein, the term "pluripotent" means the ability of a cell to form all lineages of the body or soma {i.e., the embryo proper). For example, embryonic stem cells are a type of pluripotent stem cells that
are able to form cells from each of the three germs layers, the ectoderm, the mesoderm, and the endoderm. As used herein, the term "multipotent" refers to the ability of an adult stem cell to form multiple cell types of one lineage. For example, hematopoietic stem cells are capable of forming all cells of the blood cell lineage, e.g., lymphoid and myeloid cells. As used herein, the term "oligopotent" refers to the ability of an adult stem cell to differentiate into only a few different cell types. For example, lymphoid or myeloid stem cells are capable of forming cells of either the lymphoid or myeloid lineages, respectively. As used herein, the term "unipotent" means the ability of a cell to form a single cell type. For example, spermatogonial stem cells are only capable of forming sperm cells.
As used herein, the term "progenitor" or "progenitor cells" refers to cells have the capacity to self-renew and to differentiate into more mature cells. Many progenitor cells differentiate along a single lineage, but may have quite extensive proliferative capacity.
As used herein, the terms "fate-conversion," "fate-switching," and "lineage switching" refer to stem and/or progenitor cells that have been manipulated by physical, chemical and/or through other means, in order to change the characteristics of such stem and/or progenitor cells, such that the fate-converted stem and/or progenitor cells are subsequently able to form cells of a different lineage or cell type than prior to such manipulation. For example, in mammals, hematopoietic stem cells might be changed to pancreatic stem cells (or pancreatic endoderm) (see US Patent 7,202,080); hepatocytes (Khurana and Mukhopadhyay, J. Hepatology, 49:998-1007 (2008)); and/or chondrocyte-like cells (Doehring et al., Am. J. Pathology, 177:473- 480 (2010)). The present invention contemplates, in part, both the transduction of fate-converted stem and/or progenitor cells, as well as contacting any precursor cell population with a gene delivery vector to contribute to fate conversion.
Hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) give rise to committed hematopoietic progenitor cells (HPCs) that are capable of generating the entire repertoire of mature blood cells over the lifetime of an organism. The term "hematopoietic stem cell" or "HSC" refers to multipotent stem cells that give rise to the all the blood cell types of an organism, including myeloid {e.g., monocytes and macrophages, neutrophils,
basophils, eosinophils, erythrocytes, megakaryocytes/platelets, dendritic cells), and lymphoid lineages (e.g., T-cells, B-cells, NK-cells), and others known in the art (See Fei, R., et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,635,387; McGlave, et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,460,964; Simmons, P., et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,677,136; Tsukamoto, et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,750,397; Schwartz, et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,759,793; DiGuisto, et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,681,599; Tsukamoto, et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,716,827). In particular aspects, term "hematopoietic stem cells" encompasses hematopoietic cells that are capable of self-renewal, which can be identified with the following stem cell marker profile: Lin- KLS+Flk2-CD34-. The term "hematopoietic progenitor cells" encompasses pluripotent cells capable of differentiating into several cell types of the hematopoietic system, including, but not limited to, granulocytes, monocytes, erythrocytes, megakaryocytes, B-cells and T-cells. Hematopoietic progenitor cells are committed to the hematopoietic cell lineage and generally do not self-renew; hematopoietic progenitor cells can be identified, for example by cell surface markers such as Lin- KLS+Flk2-CD34+. In certain aspects, term "hematopoietic progenitor cells" encompasses short term hematopoietic stem cells (ST-HSCs), multi-potent progenitor cells (MPPs), common myeloid progenitor cells (CMPs), granulocyte-monocyte progenitor cells (GMPs), and megakaryocyte-erythrocyte progenitor cells (MEPs). The presence of hematopoietic progenitor cells can be determined functionally as colony forming unit cells (CFU-Cs) in complete methylcellulose assays, or phenotypically through the detection of cell surface markers using assays known to those of skill in the art. When transplanted into lethally irradiated animals, or humans that have been subjected to myeloablative, partially myeloablative, or non- myeloablative conditioning regimens, hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells can repopulate the erythroid, neutrophil-macrophage, megakaryocyte and lymphoid hematopoietic cell pool.
Large scale viral particle production is often necessary to achieve a reasonable viral titer. Viral particles are produced by transfecting a transfer vector into a packaging cell line that comprises viral structural and/or accessory genes, e.g., gag, pol, env, tat, rev, vif, vpr, vpu, vpx, or nef genes or other retroviral genes.
As used herein, the term "packaging vector" refers to an expression vector or viral vector that lacks a packaging signal and comprises a polynucleotide encoding one, two, three, four or more viral structural and/or accessory genes. Typically, the packaging vectors are included in a packaging cell, and are introduced into the cell via transfection, transduction or infection. Methods for transfection, transduction or infection are well known by those of skill in the art. A retroviral/lentiviral transfer vector of the present invention can be introduced into a packaging cell line, via transfection, transduction or infection, to generate a producer cell or cell line. The packaging vectors of the present invention can be introduced into human cells or cell lines by standard methods including, e.g., calcium phosphate transfection, lipofection or electroporation. In some aspects, the packaging vectors are introduced into the cells together with a dominant selectable marker, such as neomycin, hygromycin, puromycin, blastocidin, zeocin, thymidine kinase, DHFR, Gin synthetase or ADA, followed by selection in the presence of the appropriate drug and isolation of clones. A selectable marker gene can be linked physically to genes encoding by the packaging vector, e.g., by IRES or self cleaving viral peptides.
Viral envelope proteins (env) determine the range of host cells which can ultimately be infected and transformed by recombinant retroviruses generated from the cell lines. In the case of lentiviruses, such as HIV-1, HIV-2, SIV, FIV and EIV, the env proteins include gp41 and gpl20. Preferably, the viral env proteins expressed by packaging cells of the invention are encoded on a separate vector from the viral gag and pol genes, as has been previously described.
Illustrative examples of retroviral-derived env genes which can be employed in the invention include, but are not limited to: MLV envelopes, 10A1 envelope, BAEV, FeLV-B, RD114, SSAV, Ebola, Sendai, FPV (Fowl plague virus), and influenza virus envelopes. Similarly, genes encoding envelopes from RNA viruses {e.g., RNA virus families of Picornaviridae, Calciviridae, Astroviridae, Togaviridae, Flaviviridae, Coronaviridae, Paramyxoviridae, Rhabdoviridae, Filoviridae,
Orthomyxoviridae, Bunyaviridae, Arenaviridae, Reoviridae, Birnaviridae,
Retroviridae) as well as from the DNA viruses (families of Hepadnaviridae,
Circoviridae, Parvoviridae, Papovaviridae, Adenoviridae, Herpesviridae, Poxyiridae,
and Iridoviridae) may be utilized. Representative examples include, FeLV, VEE, HFVW, WDSV, SFV, Rabies, ALV, BIV, BLV, EBV, CAEV, SNV, ChTLV, STLV, MPMV, SMRV, RAV, FuSV, MH2, AEV, AMV, CT10, and EIAV.
In other aspects, envelope proteins for pseudotyping a virus of present invention include, but are not limited to any of the following virus: Influenza A such as HlNl, H1N2, H3N2 and H5N1 (bird flu), Influenza B, Influenza C virus, Hepatitis A virus, Hepatitis B virus, Hepatitis C virus, Hepatitis D virus, Hepatitis E virus, Rotavirus, any virus of the Norwalk virus group, enteric adenoviruses, parvovirus, Dengue fever virus, Monkey pox, Mononegavirales, Lyssavirus such as rabies virus, Lagos bat virus, Mokola virus, Duvenhage virus, European bat virus 1 & 2 and Australian bat virus, Ephemera virus, Vesiculovirus, Vesicular Stomatitis Virus (VSV), Herpesviruses such as Herpes simplex virus types 1 and 2, varicella zoster, cytomegalovirus, Epstein-Bar virus (EBV), human herpesviruses (HHV), human herpesvirus type 6 and 8, Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), papilloma virus, murine gammaherpesvirus, Arenaviruses such as Argentine hemorrhagic fever virus, Bolivian hemorrhagic fever virus, Sabia-associated hemorrhagic fever virus,
Venezuelan hemorrhagic fever virus, Lassa fever virus, Machupo virus, Lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus (LCMV), Bunyaviridiae such as Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever virus, Hantavirus, hemorrhagic fever with renal syndrome causing virus, Rift Valley fever virus, Filoviridae (filovirus) including Ebola hemorrhagic fever and Marburg hemorrhagic fever, Flaviviridae including Kaysanur Forest disease virus, Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus, Tick-borne encephalitis causing virus and
Paramyxoviridae such as Hendra virus and Nipah virus, variola major and variola minor (smallpox), alphaviruses such as Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, eastern equine encephalitis virus, western equine encephalitis virus, SARS-associated coronavirus (SARS-CoV), West Nile virus, any encephaliltis causing virus.
In one aspect, the invention provides packaging cells which produce recombinant retrovirus, e.g., lentivirus, pseudotyped with the VSV-G glycoprotein.
The terms "pseudotype" or "pseudotyping" as used herein, refer to a virus whose viral envelope proteins have been substituted with those of another virus possessing preferable characteristics. For example, HIV can be pseudotyped with
vesicular stomatitis virus G-protein (VSV-G) envelope proteins, which allows HIV to infect a wider range of cells because HIV envelope proteins (encoded by the env gene) normally target the virus to CD4+ presenting cells. In a preferred aspect of the invention, lentiviral envelope proteins are pseudotyped with VSV-G. In one aspect, the invention provides packaging cells which produce recombinant retrovirus, e.g., lentivirus, pseudotyped with the VSV-G envelope glycoprotein.
As used herein, the term "packaging cell lines" is used in reference to cell lines that do not contain a packaging signal, but do stably or transiently express viral structural proteins and replication enzymes {e.g., gag, pol and env) which are necessary for the correct packaging of viral particles. Any suitable cell line can be employed to prepare packaging cells of the invention. Generally, the cells are mammalian cells. In a particular aspect, the cells used to produce the packaging cell line are human cells. Suitable cell lines which can be used include, for example, CHO cells, BHK cells, MDCK cells, C3H 10T1/2 cells, FLY cells, Psi-2 cells, BOSC 23 cells, PA317 cells, WEHI cells, COS cells, BSC 1 cells, BSC 40 cells, BMT 10 cells, VERO cells, W138 cells, MRC5 cells, A549 cells, HT1080 cells, 293 cells, 293T cells, B-50 cells, 3T3 cells, NIH3T3 cells, HepG2 cells, Saos-2 cells, Huh7 cells, HeLa cells, W163 cells, 211 cells, and 211 A cells. In preferred aspects, the packaging cells are 293 cells, 293T cells, or A549 cells. In another preferred aspect, the cells are A549 cells.
As used herein, the term "producer cell line" refers to a cell line which is capable of producing recombinant retroviral particles, comprising a packaging cell line and a transfer vector construct comprising a packaging signal. The production of infectious viral particles and viral stock solutions may be carried out using
conventional techniques. Methods of preparing viral stock solutions are known in the art and are illustrated by, e.g., Y. Soneoka et al. (1995) Nucl. Acids Res. 23:628-633, and N. R. Landau et al. (1992) J. Virol. 66:5110-5113. Infectious virus particles may be collected from the packaging cells using conventional techniques. For example, the infectious particles can be collected by cell lysis, or collection of the supernatant of the cell culture, as is known in the art. Optionally, the collected virus particles may
be purified if desired. Suitable purification techniques are well known to those skilled in the art.
As used herein, the term "modulate" generally refers to the ability of the compositions and/or methods of the invention to increase or decrease prostaglandin signaling in cells contacted with a one or more compounds disclosed herein, such that viral transduction is increased in the contacted cells compared to cells that have not be contacted by the compounds.
The terms "enhance" or "promote," or "increase" or "expand" refer generally to the ability of the compositions and/or methods of the invention to elicit, cause, or produce higher numbers of transduced cells compared to the number of cells transduced by either vehicle or a control molecule/composition. In one aspect, a hematopoietic stem cell transduced with compositions and methods of the present invention comprises an increase in the number of transduced cells compared to existing transduction compositions and methods. Increases in cell transduction, can be ascertained using methods known in the art, such as reporter assays, RT-PCR, and cell surface protein expression, among others. An "increased" or "enhanced" amount of transduction is typically a "statistically significant" amount, and may include an increase that is 1.1, 1.2, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 30 or more times (e.g., 500, 1000 times) (including all integers and decimal points in between and above 1, e.g., 1.5, 1.6, 1.7. 1.8, etc.) the number of cells transduced by vehicle, a control composition, or other transduction method.
The terms "decrease" or "lower," or "lessen," or "reduce," or "abate" refer generally to compositions or methods that result in comparably fewer transduced cells compared to cells transduced with compositions and/or methods according to the present invention. A "decrease" or "reduced" amount of transduced cells is typically a "statistically significant" amount, and may include an decrease that is 1.1, 1.2, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 30 or more times (e.g., 500, 1000 times) (including all integers and decimal points in between and above 1, e.g., 1.5, 1.6, 1.7. 1.8, etc.) the number of transduced cells (reference response) produced by compositions and/or methods according to the present invention.
By "maintain," or "preserve," or "maintenance," or "no change," or "no substantial change," or "no substantial decrease" refers generally to a physiological response that is comparable to a response caused by either vehicle, a control molecule/composition, or the response in a particular cell lineage. A comparable response is one that is not significantly different or measurable different from the reference response.
The articles "a," "an," and "the" are used herein to refer to one or to more than one (i.e. to at least one) of the grammatical object of the article. By way of example, "an element" means one element or more than one element.
The use of the alternative (e.g., "or") should be understood to mean either one, both, or any combination thereof of the alternatives. As used herein, the terms "include" and "comprise" are used synonymously.
As used herein, the term "about" or "approximately" refers to a quantity, level, value, number, frequency, percentage, dimension, size, amount, weight or length that varies by as much as 15%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2% or 1% to a reference quantity, level, value, number, frequency, percentage, dimension, size, amount, weight or length. In one aspect, the term "about" or "approximately" refers a range of quantity, level, value, number, frequency, percentage, dimension, size, amount, weight or length ± 15%, ± 10%, ± 9%, ± 8%, ± 7%, ± 6%, ± 5%, ± 4%, ± 3%), ± 2%, or ± 1%) about a reference quantity, level, value, number, frequency, percentage, dimension, size, amount, weight or length.
Throughout this specification, unless the context requires otherwise, the words "comprise", "comprises" and "comprising" will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated step or element or group of steps or elements but not the exclusion of any other step or element or group of steps or elements. By "consisting of is meant including, and limited to, whatever follows the phrase "consisting of." Thus, the phrase "consisting of indicates that the listed elements are required or mandatory, and that no other elements may be present. By "consisting essentially of is meant including any elements listed after the phrase, and limited to other elements that do not interfere with or contribute to the activity or action specified in the disclosure for the listed elements. Thus, the phrase "consisting essentially of indicates that the
listed elements are required or mandatory, but that no other elements are optional and may or may not be present depending upon whether or not they affect the activity or action of the listed elements
Reference throughout this specification to "one aspect" or "an aspect" means that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the aspect is included in at least one aspect of the present invention. Thus, the
appearances of the phrases "in one aspect" or "in an aspect" in various places throughout this specification are not necessarily all referring to the same aspect.
Furthermore, the particular features, structures, or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more aspects.
Reference throughout this specification to "one embodiment" or "an embodiment" means that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present invention. Thus, the appearances of the phrases "in one embodiment" or "in an embodiment" in various places throughout this specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment. Furthermore, the particular features, structures, or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments.
In the following description, certain specific details are set forth in order to provide a thorough understanding of various aspects of the invention. However, one skilled in the art will understand that the invention may be practiced without these details. In addition, it should be understood that the individual vectors, or groups of vectors, derived from the various combinations of the structures and substituents described herein, are disclosed by the present application to the same extent as if each vector or group of vectors was set forth individually. Thus, selection of particular vector structures or particular substituents is within the scope of the present disclosure.
C. Viral Vectors
Retroviral and lentiviral vectors have been tested and found to be suitable delivery vehicles for the stable introduction of genes of interest, e.g., encoding therapeutic polypeptides, into the genome of a broad range of target cells. The
present invention contemplates, in part, improved delivery of gene therapy vectors to a population of cells that are administered to a subject to provide gene therapy.
The present invention further provides transfer vectors, which may be used to practice methods of the present invention. While the skilled artisan will appreciate that such transfer vectors may be produced using a variety of different viral vectors, in particular aspects, the transfer vector is a retroviral vector or a lentiviral vector, in part since lentiviral vectors are capable of providing efficient delivery, integration and long term expression of transgenes into non-dividing cells both in vitro and in vivo. A variety of lentiviral vectors are known in the art, see Naldini et al., (1996a, 1996b, and 1998); Zufferey et al, (1997); Dull et al, 1998, U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,013,516; and 5,994,136, any of which may be adapted to produce a transfer vector of the present invention.
In general, these vectors are plasmid-based or virus-based, and are configured to carry the essential sequences for transfer of a nucleic acid encoding a therapeutic polypeptide into a host cell.
In illustrative aspects, the retroviral vector is a lentiviral vector. Thus, the vectors may be derived from human immunodeficiency- 1 (HIV-1), human
immunodeficiency-2 (HIV-2), simian immunodeficiency virus (SIV), feline immunodeficiency virus (FIV), bovine immunodeficiency virus (BIV), Jembrana Disease Virus (JDV), equine infectious anemia virus (EIAV), caprine arthritis encephalitis virus (CAEV) and the like. HIV based vector backbones {i.e., HIV cis- acting sequence elements and HIV gag, pol and rev genes) are generally be preferred in connection with most aspects of the present invention in that HIV-based constructs are the most efficient at transduction of human cells.
Although particular illustrative aspects include more detailed description of vectors, compositions and methods used to correct hematopoietic disorders, e.g., hemoglobinopathies, the invention should not be considered to be limited by this disclosure. One having skill in the art would readily appreciate that the principles illustrated herein can be applied to gene therapy in other systems, e.g., nervous system, including the eye, central nervous system, and peripheral nervous system; the
circulatory system; the muscular system; the skeletal system; organs, including the skin, heart, lungs, pancreas, liver, kidney, intestine, and the like.
In one aspect, the present invention provides vectors, e.g., lentiviral vectors that comprise an expression control sequence that directs expression of
polynucleotide-of-interest, e.g., a globin gene, in a particular cell type or cell lineage. The use of a cell type or cell lineage expression control sequence offers safety advantages in restricting polynucleotide expression to a desired stage of cell differentiation in a single lineage; and thus, vectors of the invention alleviate concerns dealing with ectopic expression of polypeptides in undesired cells types.
In one non-limiting example, the expression control sequence may be a ubiquitous expression control sequence as disclosed elsewhere herein.
In another non-limiting example, the expression control sequence may be a stem cell specific expression control sequence that directs stem cell specific expression of the polynucleotide-of-interest in an embryonic stem cell, a neural stem cell, a mesenchymal stem cell, a liver stem cell, a pancreatic stem cell, pancreatic endoderm, a cardiac stem cell, a kidney stem cell, or a hematopoietic stem cell.
In yet another non-limiting example, the expression control sequence may a cell type or cell lineage specific expression control sequence that directs expression of the polynucleotide-of-interest in a hematopoietic stem cell, a hematopoietic progenitor cell, a myeloid cell, a lymphoid cell, a thrombopoietic lineage, a mast cell, an erythropoietic lineage cell, a granulopoietic lineage cell, and a monocytopoietic lineage cell.
In particular aspects, a vector of the invention may be used to express a polynucleotide, e.g., gene-of-interest in one or more or all hematopoietic cells including, but not limited to hematopoietic stem cells, hematopoietic progenitor cells, myeloid progenitors, lymphoid progenitors, thrombopoietic progenitors, erythroid progenitors, granulopoietic progenitors, monocytopoietic progenitors,
megakaryoblasts, promegakaryocytes, megakaryocytes, thrombocytes/platelets, proerythroblasts, basophilic erythroblasts, polychromatic erythroblasts,
orthochromatic erythroblasts, polychromatic erythrocytes, erythrocytes (RBCs), basophilic promyelocytes, basophilic myelocytes, basophilic metamyelocytes,
basophils, neutrophilic promyelocytes, neutrophilic myelocytes, neutrophilic metamyelocytes, neutrophils, eosinophilic promyelocytes, eosinophilic myelocytes, macrophages, dendritic cells, lymphoblasts, prolymphocytes, natural killer (NK)-cells, small lymphocytes, T-lymphocytes, B-lymphocytes, plasma cells, and lymphoid dendritic cells.
In preferred aspects, a vector of the invention may be used to express a polynucleotide, e.g., gene-of-interest in one or more erythroid cells, e.g.,
proerythroblast, basophilic erythroblast, polychromatic erythroblast, orthochromatic erythroblast, polychromatic erythrocyte, and erythrocyte (RBC).
In one aspect, the vector comprises a hematopoietic cell promoter, enhancer, or promoter/enhancer operably linked to a gene of interest, e.g., globin.
Suitable cell type or cell lineage specific expression control sequences include, but are not limited to hematopoietic cell expression control sequences, such as, for example, a hematopoietic stem cell promoter, and a hematopoietic progenitor cell promoter. In aspects where expression of the gene of interest is desired in one or more erythroid cells, a suitable hematopoietic cell expression control sequence can include, but is not limited to, an erythroid cell specific promoter and optionally an erythroid cell specific enhancer, a human β-globin promoter, a human β-globin LCR, or a human a-globin HS40 enhancer and an ankyrin-1 promoter.
In one aspect, suitable cell type or cell lineage specific expression control sequences include, but are not limited to a promoter active in a microglial cell. In certain aspects, the promoter comprises a MND promoter or transcriptionally active fragment thereof, operably linked to a gene of interest, e.g., ABCD1.
The use of a cell type or cell lineage expression control sequence offers safety advantages in restricting polynucleotide expression to this a desired stage of cell differentiation in a single lineage; and thus, vectors of the invention alleviate concerns dealing with ectopic expression of polypeptides in undesired cells types. In one aspect, the invention provides, a vector comprising one or more LTRs, and an expression control sequence operably linked to a gene of interest. In related aspect, the expression control sequence is an erythroid cell specific expression control sequence is selected from the group consisting of: a human β-globin promoter; a
human β-globin LCR; and a human a-globin HS40 enhancer and an ankyrin-1 promoter.
In various aspects, the design of the vector will be made with the goal of treating, preventing, or ameliorating a particular hematopoietic disease, disorder, or condition. For example, the present invention contemplates vectors for gene therapy of hemoglobinopathies that comprise a gene of interest selected from the group consisting of: human a-globin, human β-globin, human δ-globin, and human γ- globin, or biologically active variants or fragments thereof. In one aspect, the globin gene is selected from the group consisting of a wild type human β-globin gene, a deleted human β-globin gene comprising one or more deletions of intron sequences, and a mutated human β-globin gene encoding at least one antisickling amino acid residue.
In a particular aspect, wherein the condition being treated is a sickle cell hemoglobinopathy, the gene of interest can be an antisickling protein. As used herein, "antisickling protein" refers to a polypeptide that prevents or reverses the pathological events leading to sickling of erythrocytes in sickle cell conditions. In one aspect of the invention, the transduced cells of the invention are used to deliver antisickling proteins to a subject with a hemoglobinopathic condition. Antisickling proteins also include mutated β-globin genes comprising antisickling amino acid residues.
In a preferred aspect, one such globin variant is the human βΑ-globin gene encoding a threonine to glutamine mutation at codon 87 (βΑ-Τ87(¾ or a human βΑ- globin gene. Other antisickling amino acid residues are known in the art and may be useful in the present invention. For example, see U.S. Patent 6,051,402; U.S. Patent 5,861,488; U.S. Patent 6,670,323; U.S. Patent 5,864,029; U.S. Patent 5,877,288; and Levasseur et ah, Blood 102:4312-4319 (2003), which are herein incorporated by reference.
In certain aspects, a vector that comprising an erythroid specific expression control sequence is used to treat, prevent, or ameliorate of a vast number of disorders extending well beyond the hemoglobinopathies. Red blood cell precursors are a useful cell population in which to express polypeptides that can be secreted into the circulation and thus delivered systemically. An example of such in vivo protein
delivery is human Factor IX, a clotting factor that is missing in patients with
Hemophilia B, see, e.g., A. H. Chang, et al, Molecular Therapy (2008), which is herein incorporated by reference.
In one aspect, cells transduced with vectors of the invention can be used as "factories" for protein secretion, in vitro, ex vivo, or in vivo. For example, a vector comprising an erythroid cell specific expression control sequence can be used for large-scale in vitro production of proteins from erythroid cells differentiated from HSCs or from embryonic stem cells.
Polynucleotides-of-interest that could be expressed in this way include, but are not limited to: adenosine deaminase, the enzymes affected in lysosomal storage diseases, apolipoprotein E, brain derived neurotropihic factor (BDNF), bone morphogenetic protein 2 (BMP-2), bone morphogenetic protein 6 (BMP-6), bone morphogenetic protein 7 (BMP-7), cardiotrophin 1 (CT-1), CD22, CD40, ciliary neurotrophic factor (CNTF), CCL1-CCL28, CXCL1-CXCL17, CXCL1, CXCL2, CX3CL1, vascular endothelial cell growth factor (VEGF), dopamine, erythropoietin, Factor IX, Factor VIII, epidermal growth factor (EGF), estrogen, FAS-ligand, fibroblast growth factor 1 (FGF-1), fibroblast growth factor 2 (FGF-2), fibroblast growth factor 4 (FGF-4), fibroblast growth factor 5 (FGF-5), fibroblast growth factor 6 (FGF-6), fibroblast growth factor 1 (FGF-7), fibroblast growth factor 1 (FGF-10), Flt-3, granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (G-CSF), granulocyte macrophage stimulating factor (GM-CSF), growth hormone, hepatocyte growth factor (HGF), interferon alpha (IFN-a), interferon beta (IFN-b), interferon gamma (IFNg), insulin, glucagon, insulin-like growth factor l(IGF-l), insulin- like growth factor 2 (IGF-2), interleukin 1 (IL-1), interleukin 2 (IL-2), interleukin 3 (IL-3), interleukin 4 (IL-4), interleukin 5 (IL-5), interleukin 6 (IL-6), interleukin 7 (IL-7), interleukin 8 (IL-8), interleukin 9 (IL-9), interleukin 10 (IL-10), interleukin 11 (IL-11), interleukin 12 (IL- 12), interleukin 13 (IL-13), interleukin 15 (IL-15), interleukin 17 (IL-17), interleukin 19 (IL-19), macrophage colony-stimulating factor (M-CSF), monocyte chemotactic protein 1 (MCP-1), macrophage inflammatory protein 3a (MIP-3a), macrophage inflammatory protein 3b (MIP-3b), nerve growth factor (NGF), neurotrophin 3 (NT- 3), neurotrophin 4 (NT-4), parathyroid hormone, platelet derived growth factor AA
(PDGF-AA), platelet derived growth factor AB (PDGF-AB), platelet derived growth factor BB (PDGF-BB), platelet derived growth factor CC (PDGF-CC), platelet derived growth factor DD (PDGF-DD), RANTES, stem cell factor (SCF), stromal cell derived factor 1 (SDF-1), testosterone, transforming growth factor alpha (TGF-a), transforming growth factor beta (TGF-b), tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF-a), Wntl, Wnt2, Wnt2b/13, Wnt3, Wnt3a, Wnt4, Wnt5a, Wnt5b, Wnt6, Wnt7a, Wnt7b, Wnt7c, Wnt8, Wnt8a, Wnt8b, Wnt8c, WntlOa, WntlOb, Wntl l, Wntl4, Wntl5, or Wntl6, Sonic hedgehog, Desert hedgehog, and Indian hedgehog.
In one aspect, a vector of the invention comprises at least one modified or unmodified retroviral LTR, e.g., lentiviral LTR, a β-globin promoter and a β-globin locus control region (LCR) operably linked to a polynucleotide of interest, e.g., encoding a globin polypeptide. Suitable modifications of the LTRs include, but are not limited to: replacement of the 5' LTR is with a heterologous promoter, e.g., cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter, a Rous Sarcoma Virus (RSV) promoter, a thymidine kinase promoter, or an Simian Virus 40 (SV40) promoter; and one or more modifications, additions, and/or deletions of a 3' LTR as discussed elsewhere herein.
In a particular aspect, erythroid specific expression of a polynucleotide is achieved using a human β-globin promoter, a β-globin LCR that comprises one or more of DNAase I hypersensitive sites 2, 3 and 4 from the human β-globin LCR, and/or a human β-globin 3' enhancer element.
In various aspects, a vector of the invention comprises one or more elements selected from the group consisting of: a Psi packaging sequence (Ψ ), a central polypurine tract/DNA flap (cPPT/FLAP), a retroviral export element, a
posttranscriptional regulatory element, one or more insulator elements, a
polyadenylation sequence, a selectable marker, and a cell suicide gene, as discussed elsewhere herein.
In various aspects, the vectors of the invention comprise a promoter operably in hematopoietic cell operably linked to a gene encoding a polypeptide that provides therapy for hemoglobinopathies. The vectors may have one or more LTRs, wherein either LTR comprises one or more modifications, such as one or more nucleotide substitutions, additions, or deletions. The vectors may further comprise one of more
accessory elements to increase transduction efficiency (e.g., a cPPT/FLAP), viral packaging (e.g., a Psi (Ψ) packaging signal, RRE), and/or other elements that increase therapeutic gene expression (e.g., poly (A) sequences).
In one aspect, a vector comprises a left (5') retroviral LTR, a Psi packaging sequence (Ψ ), central polypurine tract/DNA flap (cPPT/FLAP), a retroviral export element, a β-globin promoter, a β-globin locus control region (LCR), and optionally a 3' β-globin enhancer operably linked to a polynucleotide of interest, and a right (3') retroviral LTR that comprises one or more insulator elements, or a polyadenylation sequence.
In particular aspect, a vector of the invention is a lentiviral vector that comprises a left (5') HIV-1 LTR, a Psi packaging sequence (Ψ ), an HIV-1 central polypurine tract/DNA flap (cPPT/FLAP), a rev response element (RRE), a β-globin promoter, a β-globin locus control region (LCR), and optionally a 3' β-globin enhancer operably linked to a polynucleotide of interest, and a right (3') retroviral LTR that comprises one or more insulator elements, and a rabbit β-globin polyA sequence (^gpA).
In various aspects, the vectors of the invention comprise a promoter operably in a microglial cell operably linked to a gene encoding a polypeptide that provides therapy for adrenoleukodystrophies and/or adrenomyeloneuropathies. The vectors may have one or more LTRs, wherein either LTR comprises one or more
modifications, such as one or more nucleotide substitutions, additions, or deletions. The vectors may further comprise one of more accessory elements to increase transduction efficiency (e.g., a cPPT/FLAP), viral packaging (e.g., a Psi (Ψ) packaging signal, RRE), and/or other elements that increase therapeutic gene expression (e.g., poly (A) sequences).
In a particular aspect, the transfer vector of the invention comprises a left (5') retroviral LTR; a central polypurine tract/DNA flap (cPPT/FLAP); a retroviral export element; a promoter active in a microglial cell, operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding an ATP-binding cassette, sub-family D, member 1 (ABCDl) polypeptide; and a right (3') retroviral LTR.
In a certain aspect, the invention provides a lentiviral vector comprising: a left (5') HIV-1 LTR; a Psi (Ψ) packaging signal; a cPPT/FLAP; an RRE; a MND promoter, operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding a human ABCD1
polypeptide; a right (3') self-inactivating (SIN) HIV-1 LTR; and a rabbit β-globin polyadenylation sequence.
The skilled artisan would appreciate that many other different aspects can be fashioned from the existing aspects of the invention, such that the therapeutic transgene or gene of interest is expressed in a target cell type or cell lineage other than the hematopoietic lineage, e.g., the neuronal lineage.
D. Methods of Transduction
The present invention contemplates, in part, methods and compositions that significantly increase the transduction efficiency of target cells. Without wishing to be bound to any particular theory, it is contemplated that the compositions and methods of the present invention may be used to transduce significantly more cells with significantly less virus, thereby minimizing the risk of genomic alteration and/or insertional activation of proto-oncogenes in the genome of the therapeutic cell.
Minimizing the risk of insertional activation of proto-oncogenes and other genomic alterations in the therapeutic cell is an important consideration in devising a suitable gene therapy protocol because it minimizes the chance that transduced cells comprising cancer like characteristics will be clonally expanded in vivo and give rise to cancers, tumors or other diseases involving abnormal cell proliferation. Moreover, the art has noted that transduction with large amounts of virus may be generally cytotoxic to the transduced cell. Thus, the compositions and methods of the present invention further enhance the survivability of transduced cells. Accordingly, the present invention provides a safer and more efficient gene therapy.
The delivery of a gene(s) or other polynucleotide sequences using a retroviral or lentiviral vector by means of viral infection rather than by transfection is referred to as "transduction." In one aspect, retroviral vectors are transduced into a cell through infection and provirus integration. In certain aspects, a cell, e.g., a target cell, is "transduced" if it comprises a gene or other polynucleotide sequence delivered to the
cell by infection using a viral or retroviral vector. In particular aspects, a transduced cell comprises one or more genes or other polynucleotide sequences delivered by a retroviral or lentiviral vector in its cellular genome.
In particular aspects, host cells or target cells transduced with a viral vector of the invention express a therapeutic polypeptide and are administered to a subject to treat and/or prevent a disease, disorder, or condition.
The production of infectious viral particles and viral stock solutions may be carried out using conventional techniques. Methods of preparing viral stock solutions are known in the art and are illustrated by, e.g., Y. Soneoka et al. (1995) Nucl. Acids Res. 23:628-633, and N. R. Landau et al. (1992) J. Virol. 66:5110-5113.
In particular aspects, HIV type 1 (HIV-1) based viral particles may be generated by co-expressing the virion packaging elements and the transfer vector in a producer cell. These cells may be transiently transfected with a number of plasmids. Typically from three to four plasmids are employed, but the number may be greater depending upon the degree to which the lentiviral components are broken up into separate units. For example, one plasmid may encode the core and enzymatic components of the virion, derived from HIV-1. This plasmid is termed the packaging plasmid. Another plasmid typically encodes the envelope protein(s), most commonly the G protein of vesicular stomatitis virus (VSV G) because of its high stability and broad tropism. This plasmid may be termed the envelope expression plasmid. Yet another plasmid encodes the genome to be transferred to the target cell, that is, the vector itself, and is called the transfer vector. The packaging plasmids can be introduced into human cell lines by known techniques, including calcium phosphate transfection, lipofection or electroporation. Recombinant viruses with titers of several millions of transducing units per milliliter (TU/ml) can be generated by this technique and variants thereof. After ultracentrifugation concentrated stocks of about 108 TU/ml, 109 TU/ml, 1010 TU/ml, 1011 TU/ml, 1012 TU/ml, or about 1013 TU/ml can be obtained.
Infectious virus particles may be collected from the packaging cells using conventional techniques. For example, the infectious particles can be collected by cell lysis, or collection of the supernatant of the cell culture, as is known in the art.
Optionally, the collected virus particles may be purified if desired. Suitable purification techniques are well known to those skilled in the art.
Viruses may be used to infect cells in vivo, ex vivo, or in vitro using techniques well known in the art. For example, when cells, for instance CD34+ cells, dendritic cells, peripheral blood cells or stem cells are transduced ex vivo, the vector particles may be incubated with the cells using a dose generally in the order of between 1 to 50 multiplicities of infection (MOI) which also corresponds to lxlO5 to 50xl05 transducing units of the viral vector per 105 cells. This, of course, includes amount of vector corresponding to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, and 50 MOI.
Viruses may also be delivered to a subject in vivo, by direct injection to the cell, tissue, or organ in need of therapy. Direct injection requires on the order of between 1 to 50 multiplicities of infection (MOI) which also corresponds to lxlO5 to 50xl05 transducing units of the viral vector per 105 cells.
Viruses may also be delivered according to viral titer (TU/mL), which can be measured, for example, by using a commercially available p24 titer assay, which is an ELISA against the p24 viral coat protein. The following formula can be used to calculate the pg/mL of p24: there are approximately 2000 molecules of p24 per physical particle (PP) of lentivirus: (2 x 103) x (24 x 103 Da of p24 per PP), 48 x 106/Avogadro = (48 x 106) / (6 x 1023) = 8 x 10-17 g of p24 per PP, approximately 1 PP per 1 x 10-16 g of p24, 1 x 104 PP per pg of p24. A reasonably well packaged, VSV-G pseudotyped lentiviral vector will have an infectivity index in the range of 1 TU per 1000 physical particles (PP) to 1 TU per 100 PP (or less). Thus, the range is approximately 10 to 100 TU/pg of p24. It is through this conversion that TU/mL is obtained.
Based on previous experience, the amount of lentivirus directly injected is determined by total TU and can vary based on both the volume that could be feasibly injected to the site and the type of tissue to be injected. For example, a brain injection site may only allow for a very small volume of virus to be injected, so a high titer prep would be preferred, a TU of about 1 x 106 to 1 x 107, about 1 x 106 to 1 x 108, 1 x 106 to 1 x 109, about 1 x 107 to 1 x 1010, 1 x 108 to 1 x 1011, about 1 x 108 to 1 x 1012,
or about 1 x 10 to 1 x 10 or more per injection could be used. However, a systemic delivery could accommodate a much larger TU, a load of 1 x 108, 1 x 109, 1 x 1010, 1 x 1011, 1 x 1012, 1 x 1013, 1 x 1014, or 1 x 1015, could be delivered.
The present invention contemplates compositions and methods that provide high efficiency transduction of cells in vitro, ex vivo, and in vivo, using lower viral titers than those disclosed above to achieve comparable transduction efficiencies in the absence of the compositions and methods provided herein.
Certain aspects of the present invention arise from the unexpected finding that transduction efficiency is significantly increased by contacting cells, in vitro, ex vivo, or in vivo, with a retrovirus or lentivirus, and one or more compounds that interact with members of the peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) nuclear receptor signaling pathway, such as, for example, PPAR-a, -γ, and -δ. Many PPAR agonists are known, including compounds that have been used clinically, such as the thiazolidinedione class of insulin sensitizing antihyperglycemic agents, which includes pioglitazone, rosiglitazone, troglitazone and ciglitazone. Other PPAR agonists have been described and can be generally described as compounds that activate PPARs, increase PPAR transcriptional activity, and/or increase PPAR signaling. ...
Also included are those compounds disclosed in US 8,148,389; WO
2009/026658; US 2011/0251238; US 7,348,338; US 7,491,831, US 7,572,806 and US 7,723,374, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. As used herein, the terms "increase PPAR activity," "activate the PPAR nuclear receptor signaling," or "increase PPAR signaling" generally refers to the ability of a compound to increase the cell signaling activity downstream of a PPAR nuclear receptor in the cell contacted with the one or more compounds compared to the cell signaling activity downstream of the PPAR nuclear receptor in the absence of the one or more compounds. As used herein, the term "increasing PPAR signaling" refers to an effect of an agent on at least one metabolic pathway of PPARs, or cells expressing such receptors, resulting in an increase of PPAR signaling activity by at least 10% as assessed by an appropriate assay. It is preferred that the increase in PPAR signaling is at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at
least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 99%, or even 100% in cells treated with an agent that alters PPAR signaling compared to untreated cells. Assays that can be used to measure activation or stimulation of PPAR signaling pathway are known in the art, and are described in, for example, Henke et al. , J. Medicinal Chemistry, 41 :5020-36 (1998); Qi et al, Cell Biochem. Biophys. 32: 187-204 (2000); Zhu et al., J. Biol. Chem., 268:26817-820 (1995); and Schmidt et al, Mol. Endocrinol, 6: 1634-41 (1992), the disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
In a preferred aspect, the compound that stimulates the PPAR pathway is a naturally-occurring or synthetic chemical molecule or polypeptide that binds to and/or interacts with a PPAR, typically to activate or increase one or more of the
downstream signaling pathways associated with a PPAR, as described herein and known in the art. In one aspect, the compound is a PPAR ligand including, but not limited to, prostaglandin J2 (PGJ2), as well as "analogs" or "derivatives" thereof, such as 15-deoxy-A12,14 prostaglandin J2 ("15d-PGJ2"). Prostaglandins relate generally to hormone like molecules that are derived from fatty acids containing 20 carbon atoms, including a 5 -carbon ring, as described herein and known in the art. The prostaglandins useful herein include PGJ2, metabolic precursors to PGJ2, and metabolites of PGJ2, as well as analogs and derivatives of such molecules. Examples of metabolic precursors to PGJ2 include PGD2, PGH2 and Arachidonic Acid.
Examples of metabolites of PGJ2 include 15d-PGJ2 and 15d-A12PGJ2. See, Scher et al, Clinical Immunology, 114: 100-109 (2005).
As used herein, the term "metabolic precursor" refers to a form of a compound that metabolizes into a desired compound.
As used herein, the term "metabolite" refers to a resultant form of a compound that has been metabolized.
Illustrative examples of "analogs" or "derivatives" include, but are not limited to, hydroxy, methyl, keto, halo substitutions; saturation and desaturation, as well as other substitutions and modifications that are well known in the art.
Also included are prostaglandin analogs or derivatives having a similar structure to PGJ2 that are substituted with halogen at the 9-position (see, e.g., WO 2001/12596, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), as well as 2-decarboxy-
2-phosphinico prostaglandin derivatives, such as those described in U.S. Publication No. 2006/0247214, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
Thus, in certain aspects, the present invention provides a method of improving the efficiency of transduction comprising culturing a population of cells with a retrovirus or lentivirus and one or more compounds that increase the PPAR nuclear receptor signaling selected from the group consisting of: PPAR-a agonists, PPAR-γ agonists and PPAR-δ agonists.
In certain aspects, the present invention provides a method of improving the efficiency of transduction comprising culturing a population of cells with a retrovirus or lentivirus and one or more compounds that are agonists of the PPAR-a receptor selected from the group consisting of: WY- 14643, fenofibrate, bezafibrate, ciprofibrate, gemfibrozil and MK-0767 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or derivatives.
In other aspects, the present invention provides a method of improving the efficiency of transduction comprising culturing a population of cells with a retrovirus or lentivirus and one or more compounds that are agonists of the PPAR-γ receptor selected from the group consisting of: thiazolidinediones, e.g., pioglitazone, rosiglitazone, troglitazone, L-tyrosine derivatives, fluoromethyloxycarbonyl, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, and anti-oxidants, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or derivatives.
In other aspects, the present invention provides a method of improving the efficiency of transduction comprising culturing a population of cells with a retrovirus or lentivirus, and one or more compounds that are agonists of the PPAR-δ receptor selected from the group consisting of: GW409544, LY-518674, LY-510929, TZD18, LTB4, oleylethanolamide, LY -465608, pirinixic acid, fatty acids, ragaglitazar, AD- 5061, fenofibric acid, GW7647, GW9578, TAK-559, KRP-297/MK-0767, eicosatetraenoic acid, farglitazar, reglitazar, DRF 2519, pristanic acid, bezafibrate, clofibrate, 8S-hydroxyeicosatetraenoic acid, GW2331, NS-220, pterostilbene, tetradecylglycidic acid, ortylthiopropionic acid, WY 14643, ciprofibrate, gemfibrozil, muraglitazar, tesaglitazar, eicosanoids, GW0742X, GW2433, GW9578, GW0742, L- 783483, GW501516, prostaglandin A2, retinoic acid, L-796449, L-165461, L-
165041, SB-219994, LY-510929, AD-5061, L-764406, GW0072, nTzDpa, troglitazone, LY-465608, pioglitazone, SB-219993. 5-aminosalicyclic acid, GW1929, L-796449, GW7845, 2-cyano-3,12-dioxooleana-l,9-dien-28-oic acid, L-783483, L- 165461, AD5075, fluorenylmethoxy- carbonyl-L-leucine, CS-045, indomethacin, rosiglitazone, SB-236636. GW2331, PAT5A, MCC555, linoleic acid, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether, GW409544, GW9578, TAK-559, reglitazar, GW9578, ciglitazone, DRF2519, LG10074, ibuprofen, diclofenac, fenofibrate, naviglitazar, or
pharmaceutically acceptable salts or derivatives.
The present invention also contemplates that the transduction efficiency of cells can be increased by culturing cells in the presence of a retrovirus or lentivirus, and a compound that stimulates a PPAR pathway, e.g., PPAR-a agonists, PPAR-γ agonists and PPAR-δ agonists.
The present invention contemplates that cells may be cultured in the presence of a retrovirus and are exposed to (contacted with) a compound that stimulates the PPAR signaling pathway for a duration of about 10 minutes to about 72 hours, about 30 minutes to about 72 hours, about 10 minutes to about 48 hours, about 30 minutes to about 48 hours, about 10 minutes to about 24 hours, about 30 minutes to about 24 hours, about 10 minutes to about 12 hours, about 30 minutes to about 12 hours, about 10 minutes to about 8 hours, about 30 minutes to about 8 hours, about 10 minutes to about 6 hours, about 30 minutes to about 6 hours, about 10 minutes to about 4 hours, about 30 minutes to about 4 hours, about 10 minutes to about 2 hours, about 30 minutes to about 2 hours, about 1 hour to about 2 hours, or any intervening period of time.
In one aspect, the cells cultured with a retrovirus are exposed to (contacted with) a compound that stimulates the PPAR signaling pathway for about 30 minutes, about 1 hour, about 2 hours, about 3 hours, about 4 hours, about 5 hours, about 6 hours, about 7 hours, about 8 hours, about 9 hours, about 10 hours, about 11 hours, about 12 hours, about 13 hours, about 14 hours, about 15 hours, about 16 hours, about 17 hours, about 18 hours, about 19 hours, about 20 hours, about 21 hours, about 22 hours, about 23 hours, about 24 hours, about 30 hours, about 36 hours, about 48 hours, or about 72 hours, or any intervening duration of time.
The present invention contemplates that the cells may be cultured (contacted) with one or more compounds that stimulate the PPAR signaling pathway prior to culture with a retrovirus, during culture with a retrovirus, or after culture with a retrovirus, or any combination thereof for any of the foregoing periods of time disclosed herein.
The present invention further contemplates that cells may be cultured
(contacted) with one or more compounds that stimulate the PPAR signaling pathway prior to transduction, during culture with a retrovirus, or after culture with a retrovirus, or any combination thereof for any of the foregoing periods of time disclosed herein.
The present invention also contemplates that cells may be cultured with a retrovirus prior to culture with one or more compounds that stimulate the PPAR signaling pathway, during culture with one or more compounds that stimulate the PPAR signaling pathway, or after culture with one or more compounds that stimulate the PPAR signaling pathway, or any combination thereof for any of the foregoing periods of time disclosed herein.
Furthermore, one having ordinary skill in the art would appreciate that the present inventive methods for increasing transduction includes culturing cells with retrovirus and one or more compounds that stimulate the PPAR signaling pathway, during the first 2 hours of transduction, the first 6 hours of transduction, the first 12 hours of transduction, the first 24 hours of transduction, the first 48 hours of transduction, or the first 72 hours of the transduction, or any intervening duration of transduction.
In addition, the present invention contemplates that cells may be transduced 1 , 2, 3 or more times in the presence of a retrovirus and one or more compounds that stimulate the PPAR signaling pathway. In another aspect, the present invention contemplates that cells may be transduced 1, 2, 3 or more times in the presence of a retrovirus and exposed to (contacted with) one or more compounds that stimulate the PPAR signaling pathway.
In a particular aspect, the invention contemplates that cells can be cultured with the retrovirus and one or more compounds that stimulate the PPAR signaling
pathway, wherein the cells are exposed to or contacted with the foregoing for the same or different lengths of time, as disclosed elsewhere herein.
The present invention also contemplates that the compositions and methods of the invention can increase the transduction efficiency of virtually any cell type to at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%), at least about 60%>, at least about 65%, at least about 70%>, at least about 75%), at least about 80%>, at least about 85%, at least about 90%>, at least about 91%>, at least about 92%, at least about 93%>, at least about 94%>, at least about 95%, at least about 96%), at least about 97%, at least about 98%, at least about 99%, or at least about 100%.
In particular aspects, increase in transduction efficiency represents at least 2- fold, at least 5 -fold, at least 10-fold, at least 25 -fold, at least 50-fold, or at least 100- fold, or more fold enrichment of transduced cells compared to cells transduced with vector alone.
Prior to, during, and/or following transduction, the cells may be cultured in media suitable for the maintenance, growth, or proliferation of the cells. Suitable culture media and conditions are well known in the art. Such media include, but are not limited to, Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium® (DMEM), DMEM F12 medium®, Eagle's Minimum Essential Medium®, F-12K medium®, Iscove's Modified Dulbecco's Medium®, RPMI- 1640 medium®, and serum- free medium for culture and expansion of hematopoietic cells SFEM®. Many media are also available as low- glucose formulations, with or without sodium pyruvate.
Additional supplements also can be used advantageously to supply the cells with the necessary trace elements for optimal growth and expansion. Such
supplements include insulin, transferrin, sodium selenium and combinations thereof. These components can be included in a salt solution such as, but not limited to, Hanks' Balanced Salt Solution® (HBSS), Earle's Salt Solution®, antioxidant supplements, MCDB-201® supplements, phosphate buffered saline (PBS), ascorbic acid and ascorbic acid-2 -phosphate, as well as additional amino acids. Many cell culture media already contain amino acids, however, some require supplementation prior to culturing cells. Such amino acids include, but are not limited to, L-alanine, L-
arginine, L-aspartic acid, L-asparagine, L-cysteine, L-cysteine, L-glutamic acid, L- glutamine, L-glycine, L- histidine, L-isoleucine, L-leucine, L-lysine, L-methionine, L- phenylalanine, L-proline, L-serine, L-threonine, L-tryptophan, L-tyrosine, and L- valine. It is well within the skill of one in the art to determine the proper
concentrations of these supplements.
Hormones also can be advantageously used in the cell cultures of the present invention and include, but are not limited to, D-aldosterone, diethylstilbestrol (DES), dexamethasone, β-estradiol, hydrocortisone, insulin, prolactin, progesterone, somatostatin/human growth hormone (HGH), thyrotropin, thyroxine and L-thyronine.
Lipids and lipid carriers also can be used to supplement cell culture media, depending on the type of cell and the fate of the differentiated cell. Such lipids and carriers can include, but are not limited to, cyclodextrin (α, β, γ), cholesterol, linoleic acid conjugated to albumin, linoleic acid and oleic acid conjugated to albumin, unconjugated linoleic acid, linoleic-oleic-arachidonic acid conjugated to albumin and oleic acid unconjugated and conjugated to albumin, among others.
Cells may also be cultured in low-serum or serum-free culture medium.
Serum-free medium used to culture cells is described in, for example, U.S. Patent 7,015,037. Many cells have been grown in serum-free or low-serum medium.
Following transduction, the transduced cells may be cultured under conditions suitable for their maintenance, growth or proliferation. In particular aspects, the transduced cells are cultured for about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 days before transplantation.
Prior to, during and/or following transduction, the cells may be cultured under conditions that promote the expansion of stem cells or progenitor cells. Any method known in the art may be used. In certain aspects, prior to, during or following transduction, the cells are cultured in the presence of one or more growth factors that promote the expansion of stem cells or progenitor cells. Examples of growth factors that promote the expansion of stem cells or progenitor cells include, but are not limited to, fetal liver tyrosine kinase (Flt3) ligand, stem cell factor, and interleukins 6 and 11 , which have been demonstrated to promote self-renewal of murine
hematopoietic stem cells. Others include Sonic hedgehog, which induces the
proliferation of primitive hematopoietic progenitors by activation of bone
morphogenetic protein 4, Wnt3a, which stimulates self-renewal of HSCs, brain derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF), epidermal growth factor (EGF), fibroblast growth factor (FGF), ciliary neurotrophic factor (CNF), transforming growth factor-β (TGF-β), a fibroblast growth factor (FGF, e.g., basic FGF, acidic FGF, FGF- 17, FGF- 4, FGF-5, FGF-6, FGF-8b, FGF-8c, FGF-9), granulocyte colony stimulating factor (GCSF), a platelet derived growth factor (PDGF, e.g., PDGFAA, PDGFAB,
PDGFBB), granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (GMCSF), stem cell factor (SCF), stromal cell derived factor (SCDF), insulin like growth factor (IGF), thrombopoietin (TPO) or interleukin-3 (IL-3). In particular aspects, before, during or following transduction, the cells are cultured in the presence of one or more growth factors that promote expansion of stem cells or progenitor cells.
While the description and examples provided herein focus on the transduction and selection of multipotent cells, including hematopoietic stem cells in particular, the methods and compositions of the present invention may also be used to transduce and select other cell types, including other types of pluripotent or multipotent stem cells and fragile cells previously not amenable to selection of transduced cells for therapeutic uses.
Cells used according to the methods of the present invention may be obtained from any animal, preferably a mammal, e.g., a non-human primate or human, and more preferably a human, and they may be transplanted into any animal, preferably a mammal, and more preferably a human.
Cells suitable for transduction and administration in the gene therapy methods of the invention include, but are not limited to stem cells, progenitor cells, and differentiated cells.
Illustrative examples of stem cells suitable for transduction with the compositions and methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to embryonic stem cells, induced pluripotent stem cells, mesodermal stem cells, endodermal stem cells, and ectodermal stem cells.
In particular aspects, the population or source of cells transduced using the compositions and methods contemplated herein comprises mesenchymal stem and/or
progenitor cells, mesodermal stem and/or progenitor cells, endodermal stem and/or progenitor cells, or ectodermal stem and/or progenitor cells. In certain aspects, the population or source of cells used in the methods contemplated herein comprises bone marrow stem cells, umbilical cord blood stem and/or progenitor cells, bone stem and/or progenitor cells^ muscle stem and/or progenitor cells, hematopoietic stem and/or progenitor cells, fat stem and/or progenitor cells, cartilage stem and/or progenitor cells, neural stem and/or progenitor cells, skin stem and/or progenitor cells, liver stem and/or progenitor cells, pancreas stem and/or progenitor cells, kidney stem and/or progenitor cells, gastric stem and/or progenitor cells, and intestinal stem and/or progenitor cells.
In certain aspects the population or source of cells transduced using the composition and methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to, osteoblasts, chondrocytes, adipocytes, skeletal muscle, cardiac muscle, neurons, glial cells (astrocytes, oligodendrocytes, Schwann cells), retinal cells (rod cells, cone cells), corneal cells, skin cells, monocytes and macrophages, neutrophils, basophils, eosinophils, erythrocytes, megakaryocytes/platelets, dendritic cells, T-cells, B-cells, NK-cells, gastric cells, intestinal cells, smooth muscle cells, vascular cells, bladder cells, pancreatic islet cells (pancreatic alpha cells, pancreatic beta cells, pancreatic delta cells), hepatocytes, renal cells, adrenal cells, and lung cells.
In various aspects, the use of stem cells is preferred because they have the ability to differentiate into the appropriate cell types when administered to a particular biological niche, in vivo.
In preferred aspects, the compositions and methods of the present invention are used to increase the transduction of hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells.
The present invention also contemplates isolation and transduction of a population of cells. As used herein, the term "population of cells" refers to a plurality of cells that may be made up of any number and/or combination of homogenous or heterogeneous cell types, as described elsewhere herein. For example, for
transduction of hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells, a population of cells may be isolated or obtained from umbilical cord blood, placental blood, bone marrow, or peripheral blood. A population of cells may comprise about 10%, about 20%, about
30%, about 40%, about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, or about 100% of the target cell type to be transduced. In certain aspects, hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells may be isolated or purified from a population of heterogenous cells using methods known in the art. In particular aspects, hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells are purified after transduction of a population of cells, and in other aspects, hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells are isolated prior to transduction.
Cells of the invention may also be cryopreserved prior to transduction or after transduction sing methods known in the art. Once established in culture, cells can be used fresh or frozen and stored as frozen stocks, using, for example, DMEM with 40% FCS and 10% DMSO. Other methods for preparing frozen stocks for cultured cells also are available to those skilled in the art.
In particular aspects, a population of cells comprising stem or progenitor cells is contacted with a retrovirus, e.g., lentivirus, and one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, e.g., a PPAR nuclear receptor ligand or an analog or derivative thereof. In various aspects, the population of cells is contacted ex vivo, or in vivo. In certain preferred aspects, the stem or progenitor cells are hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells.
E. Cell Culture Compositions
The present invention further contemplates cell-based compositions comprising a culture of cells in culture medium comprising a retrovirus and one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling. As discussed herein throughout, in particular aspects, the present compositions and methods are useful for ex vivo and in vivo cell-based gene therapies. In some aspects, the cell culture medium is a pharmaceutically acceptable cell culture medium.
A therapeutic culture, cell culture, culture system, or cell culture compositions comprising a cell-based composition of the present invention can be administered separately by enteral or parenteral administration methods or in combination with other suitable compounds to effect the desired treatment goals, e.g., one or more growth factors.
In one illustrative aspect, a therapeutic culture, cell culture, culture system, or cell culture composition comprising a transduced cell of the present invention is administered systemically by direct injection into a tissue.
F. Compositions and Formulations
The formulations and compositions of the invention may comprise a combination of any number of transduced or non-transduced cells or a combination thereof, viral vectors, polypeptides, polynucleotides, that have been contacted with an effective amount of one or more compounds, e.g., compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein, formulated in pharmaceutically acceptable or physiologically acceptable solutions {e.g., culture medium) for administration to a cell, tissue, organ, or an animal, either alone, or in combination with one or more other modalities of therapy.
Particular ex vivo and in vitro formulations and compositions of the invention may comprise a combination of transduced or non-transduced cells or a combination thereof, viral vectors, that have been contacted with an effective amount of one or more compounds, e.g., compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein, formulated in pharmaceutically acceptable or physiologically acceptable solutions {e.g., culture medium) for administration to a cell, tissue, organ, or an animal, either alone, or in combination with one or more other modalities of therapy.
Particular in vivo formulations and compositions of the invention may comprise a combination of viral vectors, that have been contacted with an effective amount of one or more compounds, e.g., compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein, formulated in pharmaceutically acceptable or physiologically acceptable solutions {e.g., culture medium) for administration and transduction of a cell or tissue in an animal, either alone, or in combination with one or more other modalities of therapy.
In certain aspects, the present invention provides compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of transduced cells, as described herein, formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (additives) and/or diluents {e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable cell culture medium). The transduced cells
have been contacted with an effective amount of one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein.
In certain other aspects, the present invention provides compositions comprising a retroviral vector and one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein, formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (additives) and/or diluents (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable cell culture medium). In particular aspects, the present invention provides compositions comprising a population of cells comprising stem or progenitor cells, a retroviral vector and one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein, formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (additives) and/or diluents (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable cell culture medium).
In particular aspects, the present invention provides compositions comprising a population of cells comprising stem or progenitor cells and one or more retroviral vectors, that have been contacted with an effective amount of one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein, formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (additives) and/or diluents (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable cell culture medium). In a related aspect, the population of cells comprises hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells.
The present invention further includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising transduced cells produced according to methods described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In other aspects, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a retroviral vector, that have been contacted with an effective amount of one or more compounds, e.g., compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein.
The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable" refers to molecular entities and compositions that do not produce an allergic or similar untoward reaction when administered to a human. The preparation of an aqueous composition that contains a protein as an active ingredient is well understood in the art. Typically, such compositions are prepared as injectables, either as liquid solutions or suspensions; solid forms suitable for solution in, or suspension in, liquid prior to injection can also be prepared. The preparation can also be emulsified.
As used herein, "carrier" includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, vehicles, coatings, diluents, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, buffers, carrier solutions, suspensions, colloids, and the like. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutical active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active ingredients can also be incorporated into the compositions.
As used herein "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like that are physiologically compatible, including pharmaceutically acceptable cell culture media. In one aspect, a composition comprising a carrier is suitable for parenteral administration, e.g., intravascular (intravenous or intraarterial), intraperitoneal or intramuscular administration.
Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the transduced cells, use thereof in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is contemplated.
The compositions of the invention may comprise one or more polypeptides, polynucleotides, vectors comprising same, and transduced cells, etc., that have been contacted with an effective amount of one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein, formulated in pharmaceutically acceptable or physiologically acceptable solutions for administration to a cell or an animal, either alone, or in combination with one or more other modalities of therapy. It will also be understood that, if desired, the compositions of the invention may be administered in combination with other agents as well, such as, e.g., cytokines, growth factors, hormones, small molecules or various pharmaceutically active agents. There is virtually no limit to other components that may also be included in the compositions, provided that the additional agents do not adversely affect the ability of the composition to deliver the intended gene therapy.
In the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention, formulation of pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and carrier solutions is well-known to those of skill in the art, as is the development of suitable dosing and treatment regimens for using the particular compositions described herein in a variety of treatment regimens, including e.g., oral, parenteral, intravenous, intranasal, and intramuscular
administration and formulation.
In certain circumstances it will be desirable to deliver the compositions disclosed herein parenterally, intravenously, intramuscularly, or even intraperitoneally as described, for example, in US Pat. 5,543,158; US Pat. 5,641,515 and US Pat.
5,399,363 (each specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
Solutions of the active compounds as free base or pharmacologically acceptable salts may be prepared in water suitably mixed with a surfactant, such as
hydroxypropylcellulose. Dispersions may also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof and in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms .
The pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions (US Pat. 5,466,468, specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). In all cases the form should be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It should be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and should be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms, such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol {e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, and/or vegetable oils. Proper fluidity may be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. The prevention of the action of microorganisms can be facilitated by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example,
sugars or sodium chloride. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by the use in the compositions of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
For parenteral administration in an aqueous solution, for example, the solution should be suitably buffered if necessary and the liquid diluent first rendered isotonic with sufficient saline or glucose. These particular aqueous solutions are especially suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous and intraperitoneal
administration. In this connection, a sterile aqueous medium that can be employed will be known to those of skill in the art in light of the present disclosure. For example, one dosage may be dissolved in 1 ml of isotonic NaCl solution and either added to 1000 ml of hypodermoclysis fluid or injected at the proposed site of infusion (see, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition.
Baltimore, MD: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2000). Some variation in dosage will necessarily occur depending on the condition of the subject being treated. The person responsible for administration will, in any event, determine the appropriate dose for the individual subject. Moreover, for human administration, preparations should meet sterility, pyrogenicity, and the general safety and purity standards as required by FDA Office of Biologies standards. Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compounds in the required amount in the appropriate solvent with the various other ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by
incorporating the various sterilized active ingredients into a sterile vehicle which contains the basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum-drying and freeze-drying techniques which yield a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
The compositions disclosed herein may be formulated in a neutral or salt form. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts, include the acid addition salts (formed with the free amino groups of the protein) and which are formed with inorganic acids such as, for example, hydrochloric or phosphoric acids, or such organic acids as acetic, oxalic,
tartaric, mandelic, and the like. Salts formed with the free carboxyl groups can also be derived from inorganic bases such as, for example, sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, or ferric hydroxides, and such organic bases as isopropylamine,
trimethylamine, histidine, procaine and the like. Upon formulation, solutions will be administered in a manner compatible with the dosage formulation and in such amount as is therapeutically effective. The formulations are easily administered in a variety of dosage forms such as injectable solutions, drug-release capsules, and the like.
In certain aspects, the compositions may be delivered by intranasal sprays, inhalation, and/or other aerosol delivery vehicles. Methods for delivering genes, polynucleotides, and peptide compositions directly to the lungs via nasal aerosol sprays has been described e.g., in US Pat. 5,756,353 and US Pat. 5,804,212 (each specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Likewise, the delivery of drugs using intranasal microparticle resins (Takenaga et ah, 1998) and
lysophosphatidyl-glycerol compounds (US Pat. 5,725,871, specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) are also well-known in the pharmaceutical arts. Likewise, transmucosal drug delivery in the form of a polytetrafluoroetheylene support matrix is described in US Pat. 5,780,045 (specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
In certain aspects, the delivery may occur by use of liposomes, nanocapsules, microparticles, microspheres, lipid particles, vesicles, optionally mixing with CPP polypeptides, and the like, for the introduction of the compositions of the present invention into suitable host cells. In particular, the compositions of the present invention may be formulated for delivery either encapsulated in a lipid particle, a liposome, a vesicle, a nanosphere, a nanoparticle or the like. The formulation and use of such delivery vehicles can be carried out using known and conventional
techniques. The formulations and compositions of the invention may comprise one or more repressors and/or activators comprised of a combination of any number of polypeptides, polynucleotides, and small molecules, as described herein, formulated in pharmaceutically acceptable or physiologically acceptable solutions {e.g., culture medium) for administration to a cell or an animal, either alone, or in combination with one or more other modalities of therapy. It will also be understood that, if desired, the
compositions of the invention may be administered in combination with other agents as well, such as, e.g., cells, other proteins or polypeptides or various pharmaceutically active agents.
In certain aspects, the present invention provides formulations or compositions suitable for the delivery of viral vector systems {i.e., viral-mediated transduction) including, but not limited to, retroviral {e.g., lentiviral) vectors.
Exemplary formulations for ex vivo delivery may also include the use of various transfection agents known in the art, such as calcium phosphate,
electroporation, heat shock and various liposome formulations {i.e., lipid-mediated transfection). Liposomes, as described in greater detail below, are lipid bilayers entrapping a fraction of aqueous fluid. DNA spontaneously associates to the external surface of cationic liposomes (by virtue of its charge) and these liposomes will interact with the cell membrane.
In certain aspects, the present invention provides pharmaceutically acceptable compositions which comprise a therapeutically effective amount of one or more polynucleotides or polypeptides, as described herein, formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (additives) and/or diluents {e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable cell culture medium).
Particular aspects of the invention may comprise other formulations, such as those that are well known in the pharmaceutical art, and are described, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition. Baltimore, MD: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2000.
In certain aspects, compositions of the present invention comprise an effective amount of a composition and optionally comprise one or more adjunctive therapies. In certain aspects of the present invention, compositions comprising a cell-based composition and optionally comprising one or more adjunctive therapies can further comprise sterile saline, Ringer's solution, Hanks Balanced Salt Solution (HBSS), or Isolyte S, pH 7.4, serum free cellular media, or another pharmaceutically acceptable medium {e.g., cell culture medium), as discussed elsewhere herein.
In particular aspects, a composition comprises a population of cells is treated {e.g., contacted) with one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, each
independently at a final concentration of about 1 μΜ to about 100 μΜ. In certain aspects, a population of cells is treated with one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, each independently at a final concentration of about 1 x 10"14 M to about 1 x 10"3 M, about 1 x 10"13 M to about 1 x 10"4 M, about 1 x 10~12 M to about 1 x 10"5 M, about 1 x 10"11 M to about 1 x 10"4 M, about 1 x 10"11 M to about 1 x 10"5 M, about 1 x 10"10 M to about 1 x 10"4 M, about 1 x 10"10 M to about 1 x 10"5 M, about 1 x 10~9 M to about 1 x 10"4 M, about 1 x 10~9 M to about 1 x 10"5 M, about 1 x 10"8 M to about 1 x 10"4 M, about 1 x 10~7 M to about 1 x 10"4 M, about 1 x 10"6 M to about 1 x 10"4 M, or any intervening ranges of final concentrations.
In another particular aspect, a population of cells is contacted with one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, each independently at a final concentration of about 1 x 10"14 M, about 1 x 10"13 M, about 1 x 10~12 M, about 1 x 10" 10 M, about 1 x 10"9 M, about 1 x 10"8 M, about 1 x 10~7 M to about 1 x 10"6 M, about 1 x 10"5 M, about 1 x 10"4 M, about 1 x 10"3 M, or any intervening final concentration. In compositions comprising one or more one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, the compounds can be at different concentrations from each other or at the same concentration.
In another particular embodiment, a population of cells is contacted with one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, and optionally a gene delivery vector, at a temperature above 0°C; for example, at least about 5°C; at least about 10°C; at least about 15°C; at least about 20°C; at least about 25°C; at least about 30°C; at least about 35°C; or at least about 37°C.
In another particular embodiment, a population of cells is contacted with one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, and optionally a gene delivery vector, in a culture containing albumin or serum, the albumin or serum being present in a concentration of at least about 1 x 10"14 M, about 1 x 10"13 M, about 1 x 10"12 M, about 1 x 10"10 M, about 1 x 10"9 M, about 1 x 10"8 M, about 1 x 10"7 M to about 1 x 10"6 M, about 1 x 10"5 M, about 1 x 10"4 M, about 1 x 10"3 M or any intervening final concentration.
One of ordinary skill in the art would be able to use routine methods in order to determine the appropriate route of administration and the correct dosage of an
effective amount of a composition comprising transduced cells that have been contacted with one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling for methods of the present invention. It would also be known to those having ordinary skill in the art to recognize that in certain therapies, multiple administrations of pharmaceutical compositions of the invention will be required to effect therapy.
For example a composition may be administered 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 or more times over a span of 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 1 month, 2 months, 3 months, 4 months, 5 months, 6 months, 1 year, 2 years, 5, years, 10 years, or more.
Moreover, multiple administrations of the same or different compositions of the present invention may be administered, multiples times, for extended periods of time, as noted above.
Further, administration of the transduced cells and/or one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling can be by the same route or by different routes as discussed elsewhere herein. Administration of the transduced cells that have been contacted with one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling can also be performed at different sites using the same or different administration route of administration. Further, administration of the transduced cells and/or one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling can be made at the same site by the same route, at the same time, or at different times.
G. Gene Therapy Methods
The transduced cells and corresponding retroviral vectors provide improved methods of gene therapy. As used herein, the term "gene therapy" refers to the introduction of a gene into a cell's genome. In various aspects, a viral vector of the invention comprises a hematopoietic expression control sequence that expresses a therapeutic transgene encoding a polypeptide that provides curative, preventative, or ameliorative benefits to a subject diagnosed with or that is suspected of having monogenic disease, disorder, or condition or a disease, disorder, or condition that is amenable to hematopoietic stem cell therapy.
In one preferred aspect, the invention provides transduced cells with the potential to develop into brain microglial cells. In particular aspects, hematopoietic
stem cells are transduced with a vector of the invention and administered to an individual in need of therapy for an adrenoleukodystrophy or
adrenomyeloneuropathy. Hematopoietic stem cells are the origin of brain microglial cells and thus, are preferred.
In particular aspects, transduced hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells comprise viral vectors having a hematopoietic expression control sequence that expresses a therapeutic transgene encoding a polypeptide that provides curative, preventative, or ameliorative benefits to a subject diagnosed with or that is suspected of having monogenic disease, disorder, or condition or a disease, disorder, or condition of the hematopoietic system.
A composition comprising a virus, e.g., lentivirus, and/or one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling can infect and transduce cells at increased efficiencies in vivo, ex vivo, or in vitro, compared to cells transduced with vector alone. In ex vivo and in vitro aspects, the transduced cells can then be administered to a subject in need of therapy. The present invention contemplates that the vector, viral particles, and transduced cells of the invention are be used to treat, prevent, and/or ameliorate a monogenic disease, disorder, or condition or a disease, disorder, or condition of the hematopoietic system in a subject, e.g., a hemoglobinopathy.
As used herein, "hematopoiesis," refers to the formation and development of blood cells from progenitor cells as well as formation of progenitor cells from stem cells. Blood cells include but are not limited to erythrocytes or red blood cells (RBCs), reticulocytes, monocytes, neutrophils, megakaryocytes, eosinophils, basophils, B-cells, macrophages, granulocytes, mast cells, thrombocytes, and leukocytes.
Hematopoietic stem cells and/or hematopoietic progenitor cells can be transplanted to regenerate hematopoietic cells in an individual having a disease or disorder of the hematopoietic system. Such diseases can include, but are not limited to, conditions such as cancers {e.g., leukemia, lymphoma), as well as
hemoglobinopathies or hemoglobinopathic conditions, including blood disorders {e.g., inherited anemia, inborn errors of metabolism, aplastic anemia, beta-thalassemia, Blackfan-Diamond syndrome, globoid cell leukodystrophy, sickle cell anemia, severe
combined immunodeficiency, X-linked lymphoproliferative syndrome, Wiskott- Aldrich syndrome, Hunter's syndrome, Hurler's syndrome Lesch Nyhan syndrome, osteopetrosis), chemotherapy rescue of the immune system, and other diseases (e.g., autoimmune diseases, diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, system lupus erythromatosis).
As used herein, the term "hemoglobinopathy" or "hemoglobinopathic condition" includes any disorder involving the presence of an abnormal hemoglobin molecule in the blood. Examples of hemoglobinopathies included, but are not limited to, hemoglobin C disease, hemoglobin sickle cell disease (SCD), sickle cell anemia, and thalassemias. Also included are hemoglobinopathies in which a combination of abnormal hemoglobins are present in the blood (e.g., sickle cell/Hb-C disease).
The term "sickle cell anemia" or "sickle cell disease" is defined herein to include any symptomatic anemic condition which results from sickling of red blood cells. Manifestations of sickle cell disease include: anemia; pain; and/or organ dysfunction, such as renal failure, retinopathy, acute-chest syndrome, ischemia, priapism and stroke. As used herein the term "sickle cell disease" refers to a variety of clinical problems attendant upon sickle cell anemia, especially in those subjects who are homozygotes for the sickle cell substitution in HbS. Among the constitutional manifestations referred to herein by use of the term of sickle cell disease are delay of growth and development, an increased tendency to develop serious infections, particularly due to pneumococcus, marked impairment of splenic function, preventing effective clearance of circulating bacteria, with recurrent infarcts and eventual destruction of splenic tissue. Also included in the term "sickle cell disease" are acute episodes of musculoskeletal pain, which affect primarily the lumbar spine, abdomen, and femoral shaft, and which are similar in mechanism and in severity to the bends. In adults, such attacks commonly manifest as mild or moderate bouts of short duration every few weeks or months interspersed with agonizing attacks lasting 5 to 7 days that strike on average about once a year. Among events known to trigger such crises are acidosis, hypoxia and dehydration, all of which potentiate intracellular polymerization of HbS (J. H. Jandl, Blood: Textbook of Hematology, 2nd Ed., Little, Brown and Company, Boston, 1996, pages 544-545). As used herein, the term "thalassemia" encompasses hereditary anemias that occur due to mutations affecting the synthesis of
hemoglobin. Thus, the term includes any symptomatic anemia resulting from thalassemic conditions such as severe or β thalassemia, thalassemia major, thalassemia intermedia, a thalassemias such as hemoglobin H disease.
As used herein, "thalassemia" refers to a hereditary disorder characterized by defective production of hemoglobin. Examples of thalassemias include a and β thalassemia, β thalassemias are caused by a mutation in the beta globin chain, and can occur in a major or minor form. In the major form of β thalassemia, children are normal at birth, but develop anemia during the first year of life. The minor form of β thalassemia produces small red blood cells. Thalassemia minor occurs if you receive the defective gene from only one parent. Persons with this form of the disorder are carriers of the disease and usually do not have symptoms.
a thalassemia typically results from deletions involving the HBA1 and HBA2 genes. Both of these genes encode a-globin, which is a component (subunit) of hemoglobin. There are two copies of the HBA1 gene and two copies of the HBA2 gene in each cellular genome. As a result, there are four alleles that produce a-globin. The different types of a thalassemia result from the loss of some or all of these alleles. Hb Bart syndrome, the most severe form of a thalassemia, results from the loss of all four α-globin alleles. HbH disease is caused by a loss of three of the four a-globin alleles. In these two conditions, a shortage of α-globin prevents cells from making normal hemoglobin. Instead, cells produce abnormal forms of hemoglobin called hemoglobin Bart (Hb Bart) or hemoglobin H (HbH). These abnormal hemoglobin molecules cannot effectively carry oxygen to the body's tissues. The substitution of Hb Bart or HbH for normal hemoglobin causes anemia and the other serious health problems associated with a thalassemia.
In a preferred aspect, gene therapy methods of the invention are used to treat, prevent, or ameliorate a hemoglobinopathy is selected from the group consisting of: hemoglobin C disease, hemoglobin sickle cell disease (SCD), sickle cell anemia, hereditary anemia, thalassemia, β-thalassemia, thalassemia major, thalassemia intermedia, a-thalassemia, and hemoglobin H disease.
In various aspects, the retroviral vectors are administered by direct injection to a cell, tissue, or organ of a subject in need of gene therapy, in vivo. In various other
aspects, cells are transduced in vitro or ex vivo with vectors of the invention, and optionally expanded ex vivo. The transduced cells are then administered to a subject in need of gene therapy.
Cells suitable for transduction and administration in the gene therapy methods of the invention include, but are not limited to stem cells, progenitor cells, and differentiated cells as described elsewhere herein. In certain aspects, the transduced cells are embryonic stem cells, induced pluripotent stem cells, bone marrow stem cells, umbilical cord stem cells, placental stem cells, mesenchymal stem cells, neural stem cells, liver stem cells, pancreatic stem cells, pancreatic endoderm, cardiac stem cells, kidney stem cells, hematopoietic stem cells as described elsewhere herein.
In preferred aspects, the transduced cells are hematopoietic stem and/or progenitor cells isolated from bone marrow, umbilical cord blood, or peripheral circulation. In particular preferred aspects, the transduced cells are hematopoietic stem cells isolated from bone marrow, umbilical cord blood, or peripheral circulation.
HSCs may be identified according to certain phenotypic or genotypic markers. For example, HSCs may be identified by their small size, lack of lineage (lin) markers, low staining (side population) with vital dyes such as rhodamine 123 (rhodamineDULL, also called rholo) or Hoechst 33342, and presence of various antigenic markers on their surface, many of which belong to the cluster of
differentiation series (e.g., CD34, CD38, CD90, CD133, CD105, CD45, Terl l9, and c-kit, the receptor for stem cell factor). HSCs are mainly negative for the markers that are typically used to detect lineage commitment, and, thus, are often referred to as Lin(-) cells.
In one aspect, human HSCs may be characterized as CD34+, CD59+,
Thyl/CD90+, CD381o/-, C-kit/CDl 17+, and Lin(-). However, not all stem cells are covered by these combinations, as certain HSCs are CD34-/CD38-. Also some studies suggest that earliest stem cells may lack c-kit on the cell surface. For human HSCs, CD 133 may represent an early marker, as both CD34+ and CD34- HSCs have been shown to be CD133+. It is known in the art that CD34+ and Lin(-) cells also include hematopoietic progenitor cells.
In another aspect, the hematopoietic hierarchy is determined by a SLAM code. The SLAM (Signaling lymphocyte activation molecule) family is a group of >10 molecules whose genes are located mostly tandemly in a single locus on chromosome 1 (mouse), all belonging to a subset of immunoglobulin gene superfamily, and originally thought to be involved in T-cell stimulation. This family includes CD48, CD150, CD244, etc., CD150 being the founding member, and, thus, also called slamFl, i.e., SLAM family member 1. The signature SLAM code for the
hematopoietic hierarchy is hematopoietic stem cells (HSC) - CD150+CD48-CD244-; multipotent progenitor cells (MPPs) - CD150-CD48-CD244+; lineage-restricted progenitor cells (LRPs) - CD150-CD48+CD244+; common myeloid progenitor (CMP) - lin-SCA-l-c-kit+CD34+CD16/32mid; granulocyte-macrophage progenitor (GMP) - lin-SCA-l-c-kit+CD34+CD16/32hi; and megakaryocyte-erythroid progenitor (MEP) - lin-SCA-l-c-kit+CD34-CD16/321ow.
In mice, Irving Weissman's group at Stanford University was the first to isolate mouse hematopoietic stem cells in 1988 and was also the first to work out the markers to distinguish the mouse hematopoietic hierarchy. The markers for the hematopoietic hierarchy is long-term hematopoietic stem cells (LT-HSC) - CD34-, SCA-1+ , Thyl . l+/lo, C-kit+, lin-, CD135-, Slamfl/CD150+; short-term
hematopoietic stem cells (ST-HSC) - CD34+, SCA-1+ , Thyl . l+/lo, C-kit+, lin-, CD 135-, Slamfl/CD150+, Mac-1 (CDl lb)lo; early multipotent progenitors - (Early MPP) - CD34+, SCA-1+ , Thyl . l-, C-kit+, lin-, CD135+, Slamfl/CD150-, Mac-1 (CD1 lb)lo, CD41o; and late multipotent progenitors (Late MPP) - CD34+, SCA-1+ , Thyl .l-, C-kit+, lin-, CD135high, Slamfl/CD150-, Mac-1 (CDl lb)lo, CD41o.
In one aspect, the hematopoietic cells are CD105+ Scal+ cells.
In another aspect, the hematopoietic stem cells are further separated into subsets, for example, by flow cytometry. Suitable subsets of hematopoietic stem cells include (CD34+ CD38-) cells; common myeloid progenitor cells; GM progenitor cells, Meg - Erythroid progenitor cells, long term HSCs, and short term HSCs. See, Doulatov et al, Cell Stem Cell, 10: 120-136 (2012), the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein.
Cells of the invention can be autologous/autogeneic ("self) or non-autologous ("non-self," e.g., allogeneic, syngeneic or xenogeneic). "Autologous," as used herein, refers to cells from the same subject. "Allogeneic," as used herein, refers to cells of the same species that differ genetically to the cell in comparison. "Syngeneic," as used herein, refers to cells of a different subject that are genetically identical to the cell in comparison. "Xenogeneic," as used herein, refers to cells of a different species to the cell in comparison. In preferred aspects, the cells of the invention are allogeneic.
A "subject," as used herein, includes any animal that exhibits a symptom of a monogenic disease, disorder, or condition that can be treated with the gene therapy vectors, cell-based therapeutics, and methods disclosed elsewhere herein. In preferred aspects, a subject includes any animal that exhibits symptoms of a disease, disorder, or condition of the hematopoietic system, e.g., a hemoglobinopathy, that can be treated with the gene therapy vectors, cell-based therapeutics, and methods disclosed elsewhere herein. Suitable subjects {e.g., patients) include laboratory animals (such as mouse, rat, rabbit, or guinea pig), farm animals, and domestic animals or pets (such as a cat or dog). Non-human primates and, preferably, human patients, are included. Typical subjects include animals that exhibit aberrant amounts (lower or higher amounts than a "normal" or "healthy" subject) of one or more physiological activities that can be modulated by gene therapy.
As used herein "treatment" or "treating," includes any beneficial or desirable effect on the symptoms or pathology of a disease or pathological condition, and may include even minimal reductions in one or more measurable markers of the disease or condition being treated. Treatment can involve optionally either the reduction or amelioration of symptoms of the disease or condition, or the delaying of the progression of the disease or condition. "Treatment" does not necessarily indicate complete eradication or cure of the disease or condition, or associated symptoms thereof.
As used herein, "prevent," and similar words such as "prevented,"
"preventing" etc., indicate an approach for preventing, inhibiting, or reducing the likelihood of the occurrence or recurrence of, a disease or condition. It also refers to
delaying the onset or recurrence of a disease or condition or delaying the occurrence or recurrence of the symptoms of a disease or condition. As used herein, "prevention" and similar words also includes reducing the intensity, effect, symptoms and/or burden of a disease or condition prior to onset or recurrence of the disease or condition.
As used herein, the term "amount" refers to "an amount effective" or "an effective amount" of a virus or transduced therapeutic cell to achieve a beneficial or desired prophylactic or therapeutic result, including clinical results. An "effective amount" of one or more compounds that increase PPAR signaling, as described herein, can be determined empirically using one or more assays to measure the characteristics of the cell population to be used. For example, homing and/or engraftment of hematopoietic stem cells can be determined by measuring white blood cell counts in peripheral blood during a post-transplant period. Alternatively, engraftment can be assessed by measuring recovery of marrow cells in a bone marrow aspirate sample. Transduction efficiency can be determined by methods as exemplified in the Examples that follow in this specification. Effective amounts will provide a statistically significant increase in the homing, engraftment or transduction efficiency. Effective amounts include the ranges appearing in Table 1.
A "prophylactically effective amount" refers to an amount of a virus or transduced therapeutic cell effective to achieve the desired prophylactic result.
Typically but not necessarily, since a prophylactic dose is used in subjects prior to or at an earlier stage of disease, the prophylactically effective amount is less than the therapeutically effective amount.
A "therapeutically effective amount" of a virus or transduced therapeutic cell may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the individual, and the ability of the stem and progenitor cells to elicit a desired response in the individual. A therapeutically effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental effects of the virus or transduced therapeutic cells are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects. The term "therapeutically effective amount" includes an amount that is effective to "treat" a subject (e.g., a patient).
Without wishing to be bound to any particular theory, an important advantage provided by the vectors, compositions, and methods of the present invention is the high efficacy of gene therapy that can be achieved by administering populations of cells comprising high percentages of transduced cells compared to existing methods.
The transduced cells may be administered as part of a bone marrow or cord blood transplant in an individual that has or has not undergone bone marrow ablative therapy. In one aspect, transduced cells of the invention are administered in a bone marrow transplant to an individual that has undergone chemoablative or radioablative bone marrow therapy.
In one aspect, a dose of transduced cells is delivered to a subject
intravenously. In preferred aspects, transduced hematopoietic stem cells are intravenously administered to a subject.
In one illustrative aspect, the effective amount of transduced cells provided to a subject is less than 1 x 1012 cells per 100 kg, less than 1 x 1011 cells per 100 kg, less than 1 x 1010 cells per 100 kg, less than 1 x 109 cells per 100 kg, less than 1 x 108 cells per 100 kg, less than 1 x 107 cells per 100 kg, less than 5 x 106 cells per 100 kg, less than 4 x 106 cells per 100 kg, less than 3 x 106 cells per 100 kg, less than 2 x 106 cells per 100 kg, less than 1 x 106 cells per 100 kg, less than 5 x 105 cells per 100 kg, less than 4 x 105 cells per 100 kg, less than 3 x 105 cells per 100 kg, less than 2 x 105 cells per 100 kg, less than 1 x 105 cells per 100 kg, less than 5 x 104 cells per 100 kg, or less than 1 x 104 cells per 100 kg of the subject's bodyweight.
In another illustrative aspect, the effective amount of transduced cells provided to a subject is about 1 x 1012 cells per 100 kg, about 1 x 1011 cells per 100 kg, about 1 x 1010 cells per 100 kg, about 1 x 109 cells per 100 kg, about 1 x 108 cells per 100 kg, about 1 x 107 cells per 100 kg, about 5 x 106 cells per 100 kg, about 4 x 106 cells per 100 kg, about 3 x 106 cells per 100 kg, about 2 x 106 cells per 100 kg, about 1 x 106 cells per 100 kg, about 5 x 105 cells per 100 kg, about 4 x 105 cells per 100 kg, about 3 x 105 cells per 100 kg, about 2 x 105 cells per 100 kg, about 1 x 105 cells per 100 kg, about 5 x 104 cells per 100 kg, or about 1 x 104 cells per 100 kg.
In another illustrative aspect, the effective amount of transduced cells provided to a subject is from about 1 x 101 cells per 100 kg to about 1 x 1012 cells per
100 kg, from about 1 x 102 cells per 100 kg to about 1 x 1011 cells per 100 kg, from about 1 x 103 cells per 100 kg to about 1 x 1010 cells per 100 kg, from about 1 x 104 cells per 100 kg to about 1 x 109 cells per 100 kg, from about 1 x 105 cells per 100 kg to about 1 x 108 cells per 100 kg, from about 1 x 106 cells per 100 kg to about 1 x 107 cells per 100 kg, or any intervening ranges of cells per 100 kg.
In various aspects, the methods of the invention provide more robust and safer gene therapy than existing methods and comprise administering a population or dose of cells comprising about 5% transduced cells, about 10% transduced cells, about 15%o transduced cells, about 20%> transduced cells, about 25% transduced cells, about 30%o transduced cells, about 35% transduced cells, about 40%> transduced cells, about 45%o transduced cells, about 50%> transduced cells, about 55% transduced cells, about 60%) transduced cells, about 65%> transduced cells, about 70%> transduced cells, about 75%o transduced cells, about 80%> transduced cells, about 85% transduced cells, about 90%) transduced cells, about 95% transduced cells, about 98% transduced cells, or about 100%) transduced cells, to a subject.
In various aspects, the vectors, compositions, and methods of the present invention offer improved methods of gene therapy using ex vivo gene therapy and autologous transplantation. In one preferred aspect, the invention provides transduced cells, such as a stem cell, e.g., hematopoietic stem cell. In particular aspects, hematopoietic stem cells are transduced with a vector of the invention and
administered to an individual in need of therapy for a hemoglobinopathy.
In particular aspects, hematopoietic stem cells are transduced with a vector of the invention and administered to an individual in need of therapy for an
adrenoleukodystrophy or an adrenomyeloneuropathy.
In one preferred aspect, the invention provides improved viral vector systems optimized to express high levels of one or more therapeutic proteins in erythroid cells or erythroid precursor cells. Retroviral vectors, including lentiviral vectors, of the invention further comprise a polynucleotide-of-interest, including, for example, a globin gene or a gene which encodes an antisickling protein. In one aspect, the globin gene expressed in the retroviral vector of the invention is β-globin, δ-globin, or γ- globin. In another aspect, the human β-globin gene is the wild type human β-globin
gene or human pA-globin gene. In another aspect, the human β-globin gene comprises one or more deletions of intron sequences or is a mutated human β-globin gene encoding at least one antisickling amino acid residue. Antisickling amino acids can be derived from human δ-globin or human γ-globin. In another aspect, the mutated human β-globin gene encodes a threonine to glutamine mutation at codon 87 (βΑ- T87Q).
Retroviral vectors, including lentiviral vectors, of the invention can be used in gene therapy, including for the treatment of hemoglobinopathies. In particular aspects, the invention provides methods for using the foregoing vectors to achieve stable, high levels of gene expression in erythroid cells, e.g., in order to treat erythroid-specific diseases. In a particular aspect, the gene therapy vectors are used to treat hemoglobinopathies, including, for example, sickle cell disease (SCD). In another preferred aspect, the gene therapy vectors are used for treatment of thalassemias, including, but not limited to, β-thalassemia.
In another preferred aspect, hematopoietic stem cells are transduced with vectors of the invention comprising an ABCD1 gene for treatment of
adrenoleukodystropies and/or adrenomyeloneuropathies.
The present invention now will be described more fully by the following examples. This invention may, however, be embodied in many different forms and should not be construed as limited to the aspects set forth herein; rather, these aspects are provided so that this disclosure will be thorough and complete, and will fully convey the scope of the invention to those skilled in the art.
EXAMPLES
EXAMPLE 1 CELLS CONTACTED WITH A PPAR AGONIST PRIOR TO TRANSDUCTION
One vial of CD34+ cells (AUCells) are thawed by incubating at 37°C for 1-2 minutes and contents are transferred to 10 mL Stem Cell Growth Media (hereafter referred to as SCGM) in a 15-mL conical tube. Cells are spun for 5 minutes at 1500 RPM in a standard tabletop centrifuge, resuspended in 10 mL SCGM and counted on a hemacytometer. A volume correlating with an appropriate number of cells is transferred to a fresh 15-mL conical tube, and again spun for 5 minutes at 1500 RPM. Cells are resuspended to the desired cell concentration in SCGM + lx cytokines (100 ng/mL SCF, 100 ng/niL TPO, 100 ng/niL FltL, and 30 ng/niL IL-3), and plated on a sterile non-adherent surface at 37°C in a standard humidified tissue culture incubator (5% C02). Cells may be contacted with PPAR agonists at this time. Alternatively, or in addition, cells may be contacted with PPAR agonists during any subsequent time during a prestimulation period prior to contacting cells with a gene therapy vector.
A screen for improved viral transduction of CD34+ cells is conducted using varying concentrations of soluble compounds from a number of classes, as shown in Table 1 below. The results of the screen are recorded, and threshold effective amounts of PPAR compounds are determined as exemplified in Figure 1.
Table 1
EXAMPLE 2
TRANSDUCTION
Pre-stimulated cells (Example 1) are counted after 18-48 hours of culture. 3E5 cells are collected and spun for 5 minutes at 1500 RPM. Cells are resuspended in 752.5 uL SCGM, 100 uL lOx cytokines (1000 ng/niL SCF, 1000 ng/mL TPO, 1000 ng/mL FltL, and 300 ng/mL IL-3), 13 uL protamine sulfate, and 37.5 uL viral supernatant. 90 uL cell/virus suspension (about 30,000 cells) is added to ten wells of a standard non-adherent 96-well plate. 10 uL of a 1 Ox-concentrated PPAR agonist compound is added during this viral transduction step. The viral stock had a titer of 2 x 108 TU/mL, and the multiplicity of infection (MOI) is expected to be about 25. Cells were then incubated at 37 degrees in a standard humidified tissue culture incubator (5% C02). The final concentration of PPAR agonist is illustrated in Figure 1. PPAR agonists and final concentrations of PPAR agonists used during
transduction of CD34+ cells.
EXAMPLE 3
D15-PGJ2 STIMULATION OF CELLS [HYPOTHETICAL; I WILL REMOVE BEFORE FILING]
Aliquots of 10 mM dl5-PGJ2 in DMSO are aliquoted from 1 mg dl5-PGJ2. Briefly, air is pipetted into the vial of dl5-PGJ2 until methyl acetate is evaporated. DMSO is added to the dl5-PGJ2 remaining in the vial, and aliquots of 25 uL are added to 1.5 mL Eppendorf tubes and stored at -80°C. lOx working stock solutions
are prepared by serial dilution of dmPGE2 in SCGM, and is then added to cells at appropriate working concentrations, according to Table 2. Cells are then incubated at 37°C in a standard humidified tissue culture incubator (5% C02).
TABLE 2: Serial Dilutions of dl5-PGJ2 and Addition of d!5-PGJ2 to Cells
EXAMPLE 4
VALIDATION ASSAYS
Cell Preparation for Validation Assays
After 24 hours of culture with virus and dl5-PGJ2, cells are washed prior to subsequent functional validation assays. Washing is performed by transferring cells to a 96-well U-bottom plate and spinning for 5 minutes at 1500 RPM in a standard tabletop centrifuge. Media is aspirated and cells are resuspended in 200 uL SCGM. Cells are spun again for 5 minutes at 1500 RPM and media was aspirated. Cells are again resuspended in 200 uL SCGM then spun for 5 minutes at 1500 RPM, and again the media is aspirated. Particular functional validation assays are described below.
7-Day Liquid Culture
Washed cells are resuspended in 200 uL SCGM + lx cytokines (as described in Example 1) and transferred to a standard 12-well non-adherent tissue culture plate containing an additional 800 uL SCGM + lx cytokines. Cells are maintained for an additional 6 days in a standard humidified tissue culture incubator (5% C02) and then subjected Vector Copy Number analysis (Example 5) and FACS analysis. For FACS analysis, cells are assayed for the presence of a virally-encoded transgene, green fluorescent protein (GFP). The frequency of the virally-labeled cells within the pool
of cultured cells is quantified as the frequency of GFP+ cells within the population. The mean fluorescence intensity of labeled cells is quantified. Results for the 7-Day Liquid Culture Assay with varying concentrations of PPAR agonists are shown in Table 3.
Assessment o f Colony Forming Unit Activity in Methylcellulose
Washed cells are resuspended in 200 uL SCGM and then transferred to 3 mL aliquots of cytokine-supplemented methylcellulose (for example, Methocult M4434 Classic). 1.5 mL is then transferred to parallel 35-mm tissue culture dishes using a blunt 16-gauge needle. Dishes are maintained in a standard humidified tissue culture incubator for 14-16 days and colonies are scored for size, morphology, and cellular composition. Individual colonies are then picked for subsequent Vector Copy Number analysis (Example 5) or the contents of an entire 35-mm dish are pooled and then subject to Vector Copy Number analysis (Example 5).
Long Term Culture-Initiating Cells (LTC-I
Cells are resuspended in 200 uL SCGM, counted, and then transferred to pre- plated MS-5 stromal layer at various dilutions (2000; 1000; 500; 250; 125; 62; 31; 16 cells per well in 200μί of StemSpan SFEM (StemCell Technologies, cat#09650), supplemented with Peni-Strepto 100U/mL-100μg/mL) and 24 replicates per dilution. At weekly intervals ΙΟΟμί is replaced by ΙΟΟμί of fresh media. At 5 weeks, the cultures are harvested. ΙΟΟμί are discarded, cells are flushed with the ΙΟΟμί remaining and the well is rinsed with 50μί of fresh media, and the whole contents are seeded in Methocult™ H4434; 150μί of cell suspension are homogenized with 600μί of Methocult H4434 and plated in one well of a 12 well-plate for 14 days. Colonies were then counted. The number of wells containing at least one colony (>40 cells) and the total number of wells analyzed for each dilution are used to calculate the frequency of LTC-ICs and the 95% confidence interval using the L-calc software (Stem Cell Technologies). 100 colonies from each treatment group are picked into 100 different wells and individually scored for the presence of the vector. 100 colonies from each treatment group are pooled, genomic DNA is extracted and the mean Vector Copy Number is assessed by qPCR (Example 5).
Transplantation into NOD/SCID Gamma (NSG) mice
To determine whether dl5-PGJ2 promotes viral transduction of human long- term hematopoietic stem cells with minimal residual toxicity, transduced cells are washed and resuspended in phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) and transplanted into the tail vein of irradiated adult NSG mice. Mice are housed in a pathogen-free environment per standard IACUC animal care guidelines. At staged timepoints, human donor-derived contribution to peripheral blood is quantified by collecting from the mouse via standard protocols. Briefly, red cells are pelleted with 2% Dextran and then the supernatant is further cleared through treatment with red cell lysis buffer. Mononuclear cells are then stained with fluorophore-conjugated antibodies as described by Majeti, et ah, Cell Stem Cell 1 :635-645 (2007), and analyzed by flow cytometry on an LSR-II (Becton Dickinson).
Integration Site Analysis
To determine whether dl5-PGJ2 changes the integration site preference of lentiviral vector, bone marrow samples from mice transplanted with dl5-PGJ2 -treated and mock-treated virally transduced human hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells are subjected to linear amplification-mediated PCR (Cartier, Science 326:818-823 (2009)). In brief, 1-1000 ng of DNA serves as template for linear PCR using retroviral LTR-specific biotinylated primers. Linear PCR products are separated with paramagnetic beads. Further second strand DNA synthesis, restriction digest
(Tsp509I, Nlalll or HpyCH4IV) and ligation of a linker cassette are accomplished on semisolid phase, followed by two additional exponential PCR steps. The resulting LAM-PCR amplicons are further prepared for 454 pyrosequencing (GS Fix; Roche Diagnostics) by performing an additional exponential PCR to add the GS Fix specific amplification and sequencing primers A and B to both ends of the LAM-PCR amplicons. Primer design is done as suggested by the manufacturer. A recognition sequence of 6 bases is incorporated to primer A to simultaneously analyze different samples in a single sequencing run. 40ng of purified LAM-PCR products were used. PCR conditions are as follows: initial denaturation for 120 s at 95 °C; 12 cycles at 95 °C, for 45 s, 60 °C for 45 s and 72 °C for 60 s; final elongation 300 s at 72 °C. LAM- PCR amplicon sequences are trimmed and aligned using BLAST.
EXAMPLE 5
CHEMOTAXIS ANALYSIS
Chemotaxis to SDF-1 is determined using a 2-chamber Costar Transwell (6.5- mm diameter, 5-um pore; Cambridge, MA) as described in Fukuda et ah, Exper. Hematol. 34: 1041-51 (2006). Briefly, PPAR- and vehicle-treated Lin" bone marrow cells are cultured in RPMI/10% HI-FBS overnight to allow for up-regulation of CXCR4, washed, resuspended at 2 x 106 cells/mL in RPMI/0.5% BSA (0.1 mL was added to the top chamber of the transwells, with or without rmSDF-1 [R&D Systems] in the bottom and/or top chamber), and incubated for 4 hours at 37°C. Cells completely migrating to the bottom chamber are enumerated by flow cytometry. Percentage migration is calculated by dividing total cells migrated to the lower well by the cell input multiplied by 100. SKL cell migration is determined by comparison of the proportion of SKL cells in input and migrated populations. For UCB migration, CD34+ cells are MACS selected and migration assays performed as described in Hoggatt et al, Blood, 113:5443-5455 (2009), using rhSDF-la (R&D Systems).
EXAMPLE 6
VECTOR COPY NUMBER ANALYSIS [HYPOTHETICAL; I WILL REMOVE PRIOR TO FILING]
Briefly, total genomic DNA is isolated from cells through standard protocols (for example, through DNEasy columns from Qiagen). Genomic DNA is subjected to quantitative real-time polymerase chain reaction (qRT-PCR) with TaqMan probes for viral LTR and human beta-actin. The Ct values for viral signal and beta-actin signal are normalized to a standardized control, and the number of viral copies per copy of beta actin are calculated. The resultant calculation is reported as mean vector copy number (VCN).
Table 3.
Hypothetical VCN, after d7 liquid culture, of CD34+ cells transduced with lentivirus in the presence of PPAR agonist
EXAMPLE 7
CORRECTION OF BETA-THALASSEMIA OR SICKLE CELL DISEASE AFTER TRANSDUCTION OF HSC WITH LENTIVIRAL VECTORS IN THE PRESENCE OF D15-PGJ2 ACCORDING TO THE PRESENT INVENTION [HYPOTHETICAL; I WILL REMOVE BEFORE FILING]
Mobilized peripheral blood is to be collected by apheresis from patients with informed consent and in accordance with approved institutional review board (IRB) protocols A Ficoll gradient will be used to remove erythrocytes, and CD34-enriched cells obtained following CD34+ selection using the Miltenyi CliniMACS system (Miltenyi Biotec). Cells are to be pre-stimulated with human SCF, FltL, TPO, and IL3 at a concentration of approximately 4E6 cells/mL for 18-24 hours. Cells are then transduced with Lentiglobin GTP, harboring a human P-globinA-T87Q gene, at a multiplicity of infection of 25 for 18-24 hours in the presence of SCF, FltL, TPO, IL3, protamine sulfate, and 15d-PGJ2. Following transduction, a portion of cells are removed for release testing, and the remainder cryopreserved and stored at -80°C. As part of release testing, transduced cells for an individual are then subjected to 7-Day culture and VCN analysis (Example 1) to verify 0.5 to 3 copies per cell average, as well as >50% transduction efficiency. Upon successful release testing, patients will undergo treatment with busulfan and cyclophosphamide. The dose of autologous CD34+ cells is then administered intravenously to the subject in a single intravenous dose of >3E6 CD34+ cells/kg. Patients are followed daily in the transplant unit for
adverse events and laboratory parameters to monitor bone marrow engraftment. Once engraftment occurs and patients are stable, they are discharged from the hospital and followed monthly for 6 months and at least every 3 months for a total of 24 months. Evaluations will include routine hematology and chemistry safety laboratory assessment and special hematologic testing, bone marrow examination, collection of adverse events and concomitant medications, and evaluation of specific disease- specific hematologic and clinical parameters. The primary endpoints are safety and tolerability of the Lentiglobin-transduced cell infusion and time to engraftment of the autologous, manipulated CD34+ cells. Additional endpoints include biological and biochemical measures of the presence of the transduced gene and gene product in hematopoietic and blood cells, transfusion requirements, and the number of hospitalizations and clinical events occurring at various time periods during the course of the 2-year follow-up period. All patients will be followed at least yearly for a total of 15 years post-transplant for serious adverse events, RCL testing, and banking of blood cells for insertional mutagenesis testing in the event that a malignancy develops.
EXAMPLE 8
CORRECTION OF ADRENOLEU ODYSTROPHY AFTER TRANSDUCTION OF HSC WITH LENTIVIRAL VECTORS IN THE PRESENCE OF D15-PGJ2 ACCORDING TO THE PRESENT
INVENTION [HYPOTHETICAL; I WILL REMOVE BEFORE FILING]
Mobilized peripheral blood is to be collected by apheresis from patients with informed consent and in accordance with approved institutional review board (IRB) protocols. A Ficoll gradient will be used to remove erythrocytes, and CD34-enriched cells obtained following CD34+ selection using the Miltenyi CliniMACS system (Miltenyi Biotec). Cells are to be pre-stimulated with human SCF, FltL, TPO, and IL3 at a concentration of approximately 4E6 cells/mL for 18-24 hours. Cells are then transduced with Lenti-D GTP, harboring a human ABCD1 gene, at a multiplicity of infection of 25 for 18-24 hours in the presence of SCF, FltL, TPO, IL3, protamine sulfate, and 15d-PGJ2. Following transduction, a portion of cells are removed for release testing, and the remainder cryopreserved and stored at -80°C. As part of
release testing, transduced cells for an individual are then subjected to 7-Day culture and VCN analysis (Example 1) to verify 0.5 to 3 copies per cell average, as well as >50% transduction efficiency. Upon successful release testing, patients will undergo treatment with busulfan and cyclophosphamide. The dose of autologous CD34+ cells is then administered intravenously to the subject in a single intravenous dose of >3E6 CD34+ cells/kg. Patients are followed daily in the transplant unit for adverse events and laboratory parameters to monitor bone marrow engraftment. Once engraftment occurs and patients are stable, they are discharged from the hospital and followed monthly for 6 months and at least every 3 months for a total of 24 months.
Evaluations will include routine hematology and chemistry safety laboratory assessment and special hematologic testing, bone marrow examination, collection of adverse events and concomitant medications, and evaluation of specific disease- specific hematologic and clinical parameters. The primary endpoints are safety and tolerability of the Lenti-D-transduced cell infusion and time to engraftment of the autologous, manipulated CD34+ cells. Additional endpoints include biological and biochemical measures of the presence of the transduced gene and gene product in hematopoietic and blood cells, brain MRI and cognitive studies, and the number of hospitalizations and clinical events occurring at various time periods during the course of the 2-year follow-up period. All patients will be followed at least yearly for a total of 15 years post-transplant for serious adverse events, RCL testing, and banking of blood cells for insertional mutagenesis testing in the event that a malignancy develops.
Claims
1. A method for increasing cell transduction efficiency comprising contacting a population of cells with a compound that modulates peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) signaling and a gene delivery vector.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the population of cells comprises cultured cells.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein the population of cells comprises cells derived from a donor.
4. The method of claim 3, further comprising administering the contacted population of cells into a patient.
5. A method for increasing cell transduction efficiency comprising contacting a population of cells with a gene delivery vector comprising a gene of interest and a compound that increases peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) signaling, for a time sufficient to increase cell transduction efficiency.
6. The method of claim 5, wherein the population of cells comprises cultured cells.
7. The method of claim 5, wherein the population of cells comprises cells derived from a donor.
8. The method of claim 5, further comprising administering the contacted population of cells into a patient.
9. The method of claim 5, wherein the gene delivery vector is a virus.
10. The method of claim 9, wherein the virus is selected from the group consisting of retrovirus, lentivirus, adenovirus and adeno-associated virus.
11. The method of any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the population of cells comprises stem cells or progenitor cells.
12. The method of claim 11, wherein the population of cells comprises cells selected from the group consisting of: mesenchymal stem cells, hematopoietic stem cells, neuronal stem cells, retinal stem cells, cardiac muscle stem cells, skeletal muscle stem cells, adipose tissue derived stem cells, chondrogenic stem cells, liver stem cells, kidney stem cells, pancreatic stem cells, pancreatic endoderm, embryonic stem cells, induced pluripotent stem cells, fate-converted stem or progenitor cells.
13. The method of claim 11, wherein the population of cells comprises hematopoietic stem cells or hematopoietic progenitor cells.
14. The method of claim 11, wherein the population of cells comprises cells in a growth phase selected from the group consisting of quiescent cells, cells in the GO phase, cells in the Gla and cells in the Gib phase.
15. The method of claim 11, wherein the cell population comprises cells selected from the group consisting of osteoblasts, chondrocytes, adipocytes, skeletal muscle, cardiac muscle, neurons, astrocytes, oligodendrocytes, Schwann cells, retinal cells, corneal cells, skin cells, monocytes, macrophages, neutrophils, basophils, eosinophils, erythrocytes, megakaryocytes, dendritic cells, T-lymphocytes, B- lymphocytes, NK-cells, gastric cells, intestinal cells, smooth muscle cells, vascular cells, bladder cells, pancreatic alpha cells, pancreatic beta cells, pancreatic delta cells, hepatocytes, renal cells, adrenal cells, and lung cells.
16. The method of any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein the compound that increases PPAR signaling is selected from the group consisting of: PPAR-a agonists, PPAR-γ agonists and PPAR-δ agonists.
17. The method of claim 16, wherein the compound that increases PPAR signaling is a PPAR-a agonist.
18. The method of claim 17, wherein the PPAR-a agonist is selected from the group consisting of [[4-chloro-6-[(2,3- dimethylphenyl)amino]-2- pyrimidinyl]thio]-acetic acid (WY- 14643); 8(S)hydroxyelcosa-tetraenoic acid (HETE); leukotriene B4 (LTB4); tetradecylthioacetic acid; fenofibrate; bezafibrate; clofibrate; ciprofibrate; 2-[[4-[2-[[[(2,4-difluorophenyl)amino]carbonyl]
heptylamino]ethyl]phenyl]thio]-2-methyl-propanoic acid (GW9578); 2-methyl-2-[[4- [2-[[(cyclohexylamino)carbonyl] (4-cyclohexylbutyl)amino]ethyl]phenyl]thio]- propanoic acid (GW7647); gemfibrozil; Merck Compound 12; MK-0767; KCL 1998001079; 2-Methyl-2-(4-{3-[l-(4-methylbenzyl)-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-lH-l,2,4- triazol-3-yl]propyl}phenoxy)propanoic Acid (LY518674); LY6487; and NC 61- 3058; Adenosine 3',5'-cyclic monophosphate (cAMP).
19. The method of claim 16, wherein the compound that increases PPAR signaling is a PPAR-γ agonist.
20. The method of claim 19, wherein the PPAR-γ agonist is selected from the group consisting of 15d-prostaglandin J2, thiazolidinediones, L-tyrosine derivatives, fluoromethyloxycarbonyl, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, and anti-oxidants.
21. The method of claim 19, wherein the PPAR-γ agonist is a
thiazolidinedione selected from the group consisting of pioglitazone, rosiglitazone, troglitazone, and analogs thereof.
22. The method of claim 16, wherein the compound that modulates PPAR signaling is a PPAR-δ agonist.
23. The method of claim 22, wherein the PPAR-δ agonist is selected from the group consisting of: GW501516; GW0742; prostaglandin A2; L- 16504; and L- 631033. or pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
24. The method of any one of claims 1 to 23, wherein contacting the population of cells with the compound that increases PPAR signaling yields an accelerated therapeutic benefit in a patient.
25. The method of claim 24, wherein contacting the population of cells with the compound that increases PPAR signaling increases self-renewal of a stem cell or progenitor cell population.
26. The method of claim 25, wherein contacting the cell population with the compound that modulates PPAR signaling increases engraftment of a stem cell or progenitor cell population.
27. The method of any one of claims 1 to 26, wherein the population of cells is contacted with the compound that increases PPAR signaling prior to transduction.
28. The method of any one of claims 1 to 27, wherein the population of cells is contacted with the compound that increases PPAR signaling during transduction.
29. The method of any one of claims 1 to 28, wherein the vector comprises:
a) a left (5') retroviral LTR;
b) a Psi packaging sequence (Ψ+);
an expression control sequence operably linked to a gene of interest; and
a right (3') retroviral LTR.
30. The method of any one of claims 1 to 29, wherein the vector comprises:
a) a left (5*) HIV-1 LTR;
b) a Psi packaging sequence (Ψ+);
c) an HIV-1 central polypurine tract/DNA flap (cPPT/FLAP);
d) a rev response element (RRE);
e) a β-globin promoter and a β-globin locus control region (LCR) operably linked to a gene of interest; and
f) a right (3') retroviral LTR that comprises:
i) one or more insulator elements, or
ii) a rabbit β-globin polyA sequence (rPgpA).
31. The method of any one of claims 1 to 30, wherein the contacted population of cells comprises hematopoietic stem or progenitor cells and is administered to a patient suffering from a hemoglobinopathy.
32. The method of claim 32, wherein the hemoglobinopathy is β- thalassemia or sickle cell disease.
33. The method of any one of claims 1 to 28, wherein the vector comprises:
a) a left (5*) HIV-1 LTR;
b) a Psi (Ψ) packaging signal;
c) a cPPT/FLAP;
d) an RRE;
e) a MND promoter, operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding a human ABCD1 polypeptide;
f) a right (3*) HIV-1 LTR; and
g) a rabbit β-globin polyadenylation sequence.
34. The method of claim 33, wherein the contacted population of cells comprises hematopoietic stem cell or progenitor cells and is administered to a patient suffering from an adrenoleukodystrophy or an adrenomyeloneuropathy.
35. The method of claim 34, wherein the contacted population of cells is obtained from the patient prior to therapy.
36. The method of claim 34, wherein the contacted population of cells is obtained from a donor other than the patient.
37. The method of any one of claims 1 to 36, wherein the vector is a replication defective retrovirus.
38. A method of promoting engraftment of hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) in a human subject, comprising contacting a population of human HSCs ex vivo with a compound that increases peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) signaling; wherein the HSCs may be obtained from peripheral blood, cord blood, bone marrow, amniotic fluid, placental blood, or banked blood; and administering the contacted HSCs to the human subject.
39. The method of claim 38, wherein the compound that increases PPAR signaling is a PPAR agonist.
40. A method of promoting engraftment of hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) in a human subject, comprising contacting a population of human HSCs ex vivo with one or more metabolic precursors to one or more compounds that increases peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) signaling, under conditions wherein said one or more metabolic precursors undergo at least partial metabolic or
chemical change to form the compound or compounds that modulate the PPAR signaling pathway; wherein the HSCs may be obtained from for example peripheral blood, cord blood, bone marrow, amniotic fluid, placental blood, or banked blood; and administering the contacted HSCs to the human subject.
41. The method of claim 40, wherein at least one of the metabolic precursors forms one metabolic breakdown compounds selected from the group consisting of PGA2, 16,16-dimethyl PGA2 and 15d-PGJ2.
42. The method of claim 40, wherein the metabolic precursor compound is selected from the group consisting of PGE2, 16,16-dimethyl PGE2 or PGD2.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201261673664P | 2012-07-19 | 2012-07-19 | |
US61/673,664 | 2012-07-19 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2014015318A1 true WO2014015318A1 (en) | 2014-01-23 |
Family
ID=49949291
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2013/051397 WO2014015318A1 (en) | 2012-07-19 | 2013-07-19 | Soluble compounds for improved gene therapy methods |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2014015318A1 (en) |
Cited By (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP3275458A1 (en) * | 2016-07-27 | 2018-01-31 | Hartis-Pharma Sarl | Combination therapy to treat sickle cell disease and restore rbc functions |
WO2018019911A1 (en) * | 2016-07-27 | 2018-02-01 | Hartis-Pharma Sarl | Therapeutic combinations to treat red blood cell disorders |
CN108220246A (en) * | 2011-09-30 | 2018-06-29 | 蓝鸟生物公司 | For improving the compound of viral transduction |
EP4015623A1 (en) | 2020-12-17 | 2022-06-22 | Universite De Montpellier | Pre-treatment of msc with ppar beta/delta agonist for treatment of ischemia-reperfusion injury |
EP4035659A1 (en) | 2016-11-29 | 2022-08-03 | PureTech LYT, Inc. | Exosomes for delivery of therapeutic agents |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090285786A1 (en) * | 2006-03-24 | 2009-11-19 | Children's Medical Center Corporation | Method to modulate hematopoietic stem cell growth |
US20120003189A1 (en) * | 2008-11-06 | 2012-01-05 | Pelus Louis M | Materials and Methods to Enhance Hematopoietic Stem Cells Engraftment Procedures |
US20120135043A1 (en) * | 1999-08-05 | 2012-05-31 | Richard Maziarz | Immunomodulatory properties of multipotent adult progenitor cells and uses thereof |
-
2013
- 2013-07-19 WO PCT/US2013/051397 patent/WO2014015318A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20120135043A1 (en) * | 1999-08-05 | 2012-05-31 | Richard Maziarz | Immunomodulatory properties of multipotent adult progenitor cells and uses thereof |
US20090285786A1 (en) * | 2006-03-24 | 2009-11-19 | Children's Medical Center Corporation | Method to modulate hematopoietic stem cell growth |
US20120003189A1 (en) * | 2008-11-06 | 2012-01-05 | Pelus Louis M | Materials and Methods to Enhance Hematopoietic Stem Cells Engraftment Procedures |
Non-Patent Citations (3)
Title |
---|
BUSHINSKY ET AL.: "Metabolic, but not respiratory acidosis increases bone PGE2 levels and calcium release", AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PHYSIOLOGY - RENAL PHYSIOLOGY, vol. 281, no. F1058-, 1 December 2001 (2001-12-01) * |
RAUWEL ET AL.: "Activation of Peroxisome Proliferator-Activated Receptor Gamma by Human Cytomegalovirus for De Novo Replication Impairs Migration and Invasiveness of Cytotrophoblasts from Early Placentas", JOURNAL OF VIROLOGY, vol. 84, no. 6, 30 December 2009 (2009-12-30), pages 2946 - 2954 * |
SCHRODER ET AL.: "15-deoxy-D12,14-prostaglandin J2 inhibits the expression of microsomal prostaglandin E synthase type 2 in colon cancer cells", JOURNAL OF LIPID RESEARCH, vol. 47, 2 March 2006 (2006-03-02), pages 1071 - 1080 * |
Cited By (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN108220246A (en) * | 2011-09-30 | 2018-06-29 | 蓝鸟生物公司 | For improving the compound of viral transduction |
CN108220246B (en) * | 2011-09-30 | 2022-07-12 | 蓝鸟生物公司 | Compounds for improving viral transduction |
EP3275458A1 (en) * | 2016-07-27 | 2018-01-31 | Hartis-Pharma Sarl | Combination therapy to treat sickle cell disease and restore rbc functions |
WO2018019911A1 (en) * | 2016-07-27 | 2018-02-01 | Hartis-Pharma Sarl | Therapeutic combinations to treat red blood cell disorders |
US20190167767A1 (en) * | 2016-07-27 | 2019-06-06 | Hartis-Pharma Sa | Therapeutic combinations to treat red blood cell disorders |
EP4035659A1 (en) | 2016-11-29 | 2022-08-03 | PureTech LYT, Inc. | Exosomes for delivery of therapeutic agents |
EP4015623A1 (en) | 2020-12-17 | 2022-06-22 | Universite De Montpellier | Pre-treatment of msc with ppar beta/delta agonist for treatment of ischemia-reperfusion injury |
WO2022129468A1 (en) | 2020-12-17 | 2022-06-23 | Universite De Montpellier | Pre-treatment of msc with pparβ/δ agonist for treatment of ischemia-reperfusion injury |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11834668B2 (en) | Compounds for improved viral transduction | |
EP4151720B1 (en) | Vcn enhancer compositions and methods of using the same | |
US10280435B2 (en) | Gene therapy methods | |
US20150216903A1 (en) | Compounds for improved viral transduction | |
WO2014015318A1 (en) | Soluble compounds for improved gene therapy methods | |
EP3413896B1 (en) | Vcn enhancer compositions and methods of using the same | |
NZ623341B2 (en) | Compounds for improved viral transduction |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 13819264 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
32PN | Ep: public notification in the ep bulletin as address of the adressee cannot be established |
Free format text: NOTING OF LOSS OF RIGHTS PURSUANT TO RULE 112(1) EPC (EPO FORM 1205A DATED 02/06/2015) |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 13819264 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |